Downer EDI Limited/Announcement
Downer EDI Limited logo

Annual Report to shareholders

Full Year Results16 August 2022DOWIndustrials

Page 1 of 1

17 August 2022



Company Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Exchange Centre

Level 4, 20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000




Dear Sir/Madam


Please find attached the following documents:

1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2022;

2. 2022 Annual Report;

3. Market release dated 17 August 2022;

4. Investor Presentation; and

5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations.


Yours sincerely,

Downer EDI Limited


Robert Regan

Company Secretary


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com

Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2022

Appendix 4E

2022

2021

%

$'m

$'m

change

10,989.011,530.2

165.5

53.9

11,154.511,584.1 (3.7%)

11,987.112,234.2 (2.0%)

323.2334.8

(3.5%)

358.0401.0 (10.7%)

151.6 181.6 (16.5%)

176.4 230.0 (23.3%)

2022

2021

%

cents cents change

Basic earnings per share21.325.4 (16.1%)

Diluted earnings per share21.224.8 (14.5%)

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share25.037.1 (32.6%)

Dividend

2022

2021

Final Final

Dividend per share (cents)12.012.0

Franked amount per share (cents) -

-

Conduit foreign income (CFI) (%)14%100%

Dividend record date31/08/202226/08/2021

Dividend payable date28/09/202223/09/2021

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)2.972.88

New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS 100% 100%

ROADS payment dateQuarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3Quarter 4

Instalment date FY202215/09/2021 15/12/2021 15/03/2022 15/06/2022

Instalment date FY202115/09/2020 15/12/2020 15/03/2021 15/06/2021

Profit from ordinary activities after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible

assets (NPATA)

Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.

For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate media release.

Revenue from ordinary activities

Other income

Total revenue and other income from ordinary activities

Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members of the parent entity

Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible assets (EBITA)

Total revenue including joint ventures and other income

Earnings before interest and tax

Annual Report
2022

| Downer EDI Limited
02

Directors’ Report 6
Auditor’s Signed Reports

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 52

Independent Auditor’s Report 53

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 61

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 62

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 63

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 64

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ Declaration 125

Other information

Sustainability Performance Summary 2022 126

Corporate Governance 132

Information for Investors 144

Contents

Annual Report 2022 |03

A

About this

report

Page 65-66

B

Business

performance

Page 67-80

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 81-95

D

Employee

benefits

Page 96-97

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 98-105

F

Group

structure

Page 106-116

G

Other

Page 117-124

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined

benefit plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Controlled entities

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Related party

information

G3

Other financial

assets and

liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Parent entity

disclosures

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Acquisition

of businesses

B6

Remuneration

of auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Reserves

F6

Disposal of

businesses

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Dividends

C8

Other provisions

C9

Contingent liabilities

Highlights
Downer’s Urban Services businesses performed

well in FY22. Despite positive underlying core

markets, earnings were weighed down by the

disruptive impacts of COVID-19 and severe wet

weather on operations.

Downer reported a statutory net profit after

tax (NPAT) of $152.0 million, and an underlying

NPATA of $225.3 million.

Cash performance remains strong, with cash

conversion of 83.9% (underlying cash conversion

of 88.9%

1

).

Downer’s performance, and the continued strength

of the balance sheet, has resulted in the Board

declaring a final dividend of 12 cents per share,

taking total dividends for the year to 24 cents per

share (up 3 cents per share on prior year), unfranked.

1. The underlying cash conversion is calculated

after adjusting for cash outflows related to

FY20 items outside underlying earnings of

$22.3 million and bid costs for the Queensland

Train Manufacturing Program of $12.7 million.

2. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure

and includes revenue from joint ventures,

other alliances and other income.

3. Underlying EBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS

measures that are used by Management to

assess the performance of the business.

They have been calculated from the statutory

measures and underlying EBITA is reconciled to

statutory NPAT in the Directors’ Report Group

Financial Performance section on pages 12 and 13.

Total Revenue

2

$11,987.1m

Statutory EBITA

$358.0m

Underlying

3

EBITA

$399.2m

Statutory NPAT

$152.0m

Underlying

3

NPATA

$225.3m

Operating Cash Flow

$495.4m

| Downer EDI Limited

04

After successfully exiting the remaining non-core
businesses (Mining and Hospitality), Downer’s

strategy is to continue to focus on its core Urban

Services businesses. These businesses have:

– demonstrated strength and resilience

– leading market positions and attractive

medium and long-term growth opportunities

– a high proportion of government and

government-related contracts

– a capital light, services-based business model

generating lower risk, more predictable revenues

and cash flows.

The Downer Portfolio

Transport

Road Services

Rail and Transit Systems

Projects

Utilities

Telecommunications

Water

Power and Gas

Facilities

Government

Health and Education

Defence

Building

Power and Energy

Industrial and Marine

Mineral Technologies

Annual Report 2022 |05

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual Financial Report of the Company for the financial year ended
30 June 2022. In compliance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report is set out below.

Board of Directors

MARK PETER CHELLEW (66)

Chairman since October 2021

Independent Non-executive Director since September 2021

Mr Chellew has over 40 years of experience in the building materials and related industries, including roles

such as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Adelaide Brighton Limited, Managing Director

of Blue Circle Cement in the United Kingdom and senior management positions within the CSR group

of companies in Australia and the United Kingdom.

He is currently the Non-executive Chairman of Cleanaway Waste Management Limited and a

Non-executive Director of Ampol Limited. He is a former Non-executive Director of Virgin Australia

Holdings Limited and Infigen Energy Limited.

Mr Chellew holds a Bachelor of Science (Ceramic Engineering), Masters of Engineering

(Mechanical Engineering) and a Graduate Diploma in Management.

Mr Chellew lives in the Southern Highlands of New South Wales.

GRANT ANTHONY FENN (57)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since July 2010

Mr Fenn has over 30 years’ experience in operational management, strategic development and financial

management. He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and was appointed Chief

Executive Officer in July 2010.

He was previously a member of the Qantas Executive Committee, holding a number of senior roles over

14 years, as well as Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of Australian Air Express. He worked

at KPMG for eight years before he joined Qantas.

Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a former Director of Sydney

Airport Limited.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie University and is a member of the Australian

Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

Directors’ Report

for the year ended 30 June 2022

06

| Downer EDI Limited

MARK JAMES BINNS (66)
Independent Non-executive Director since March 2022

Mr Binns is an experienced senior executive and non-executive director with extensive experience

in New Zealand in the energy, construction and building materials sectors where he has been closely

involved in many of New Zealand’s largest infrastructure projects, including the Wiri Prison public-private

partnership, Waterview Connection, SKYCITY, Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa and the

second Manapōuri tunnel.

Mr Binns was Chief Executive Officer of Meridian Energy from 2012 to 2017 and prior to that held several

senior roles with Fletcher Building, including as Chief Executive Officer of the Infrastructure Division where

he was responsible for the construction and heavy building materials operations in Australia, South East

Asia, India, South America, the United States and the South Pacific, as well as in New Zealand.

Mr Binns is currently Chairman of Crown Infrastructure Partners and Hynds Limited and a Non-executive

Director of Auckland International Airport and several private companies.

Mr Binns holds a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Auckland.

Mr Binns lives in Auckland.

TERESA GAYLE HANDICOTT (59)

Independent Non-executive Director since September 2016

Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’ experience in mergers and acquisitions,

capital markets and corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm Corrs Chambers

Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member of its National Board for seven years including four

years as National Chairman. She also has extensive experience in governance of local and state

government organisations.

Ms Handicott is currently the Chairman of listed company PWR Holdings Limited and of Peak Services

Holdings Pty Ltd, which is the subsidiary of the Local Government Association of Queensland that is

responsible for its commercial operations. Ms Handicott is also State President of the Queensland Division

of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a former member of the Queensland University

of Technology (QUT) Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets Advisory Committee

and a former Associate Member of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of FINSIA, Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and Member of Chief

Executive Women, Ms Handicott holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the Queensland University

of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

07Directors’ Report |

NICOLE MAREE HOLLOWS (51)
Independent Non-executive Director since June 2018

Ms Hollows has 25 years’ experience in the resources sector in a number of senior managerial roles

across both the public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities and rail. Her experience spans

operational management, accounting and finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management and

corporate governance.

Ms Hollows is the Non-executive Chair of Jameson Resources Limited, and a Non-executive Director

of Qube Holdings Limited and Chief Executive Women.

She was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of SunWater Limited, a Queensland Government owned

corporation, the Chief Financial Officer and subsequently Chief Executive Officer of Macarthur Coal

Limited and Managing Director of AMCI Australia and South East Asia.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the

Institute of Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of Business – Accounting and a Graduate

Diploma in Advanced Accounting (Distinction) from the Queensland University of Technology and is a

Graduate of Harvard Business School’s Program for Management Development.

Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.

DR ADELLE MAREE HOWSE (51)

Independent Non-executive Director since April 2022

Dr Howse has extensive senior executive and non-executive experience in the infrastructure, energy

and resources, construction, data centres, telecommunication and property sectors.

Dr Howse held several senior roles with CIMIC, including Chief Strategy Officer.

Dr Howse is currently a Non-executive Director of Macquarie Telecom Group, Sydney Desalination

Plant and is Chairman of the Australian Mathematical Sciences Institute. She has previously served

on the boards of Devine Group, Design Studio Group, Ventia, Nextgen Holdings and Manila North

Tollroads Corporation.

Dr Howse holds a Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Philosophy (Mathematics) from the University

of Queensland, an executive MBA from IMD, Switzerland and a Graduate Diploma of Applied Finance

and Investment. She is a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Howse lives in Sydney.

08

| Downer EDI Limited

MARK JOHN MENHINNITT (57)
Independent Non-executive Director since March 2022

Mr Menhinnitt is an experienced senior executive with extensive domestic and international experience

in large infrastructure development and urban regeneration, investment management, construction, asset

services, operations and maintenance.

Mr Menhinnitt held several senior roles over a 30-year career with Lendlease, including as Chief Executive

Officer of Lendlease Australia.

Mr Menhinnitt is currently a Non-executive Director of The GPT Group, a Non-executive Director of

Sunshine Coast Airport Pty Ltd, a member of the Australian War Memorial Development Committee and

Chairman of Fluent Property Pty Ltd.

Mr Menhinnitt holds a Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) and Master of Business (Applied Finance),

both from the Queensland University of Technology. He is a member of the Australian Institute of Company

Directors and a Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia.

Mr Menhinnitt lives on the Sunshine Coast.

PETER LAWRENCE WATSON (65)

Independent Non-executive Director since May 2019

Mr Watson has extensive experience in the construction and engineering sectors in senior executive

and governance roles, including in the industrial, transport, defence, health, justice and utilities sectors.

He was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Transfield Services Limited (now known as

Broadspectrum which is owned by Ventia) for ten years. During this period, he led the business through

a successful transition, cultivating a sustainable and successful public company. He also has considerable

experience in various Non-executive Director roles.

Mr Watson is currently the Non-executive Chairman of BG&E Group Limited and a Consultant of

Stephenson Mansell Group where he provides coaching and mentoring to senior executives.

Mr Watson is a former Chairman of LogiCamms Limited (now known as Verbrec), Watpac Limited, Regional

Rail Link Authority in Victoria and AssetCo Management which managed PPP assets, a former Director

of the Major Transport Infrastructure Board in Victoria, Yarra Trams and Save the Children Australia

and was a Board member of Infrastructure Australia and independent Chair of Ross River Solar Farm.

A Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering and member of the

Institute of Engineers Australia and Australian Institute of Company Directors, Mr Watson holds a Diploma

of Civil Engineering from the Caulfield Institute of Technology and is a Graduate of the Wharton Advanced

Management Program of the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr Watson lives on the Sunshine Coast.

RETIRED DIRECTORS

Richard Michael Harding

Independent Non-executive Director from 1 July 2008 to 30 September 2021,

Chairman from November 2010.

Philip Stuart Garling

Independent Non-executive Director from 24 November 2011 to 30 June 2022.

09Directors’ Report |

Directors’ shareholdings
The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in

shares or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures

and rights or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

Number of Fully

Paid Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Options

M P Chellew18,000––

G A Fenn

1

2,049,772584,317–

M J Binns–––

T G Handicott21,100––

N M Hollows25,538––

A M Howse5,000––

M J Menhinnitt21,748––

P L Watson17,93 3––

1. Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2019 to 2024. Further details regarding the

conditions relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring

that the Company complies with its statutory duties and

maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It

also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate

governance and gives practical effect to any decisions made

by the Board.

Mr Robert Regan was appointed Group General Counsel and

Company Secretary in January 2019. He has qualifications in

law from the University of Sydney and is an admitted solicitor

in New South Wales. Mr Regan was formerly a partner of

Corrs Chambers Westgarth and has over 30 years of experience

in legal practice.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary in

July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance

Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the

University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from

the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously

Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and

secretarial roles at Downer for over 20 years.

Review of Operations

Principal Activities

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of

integrated services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer

employs approximately 33,000 people, mostly in Australia

and New Zealand.

Downer operates in sectors that are closely connected to

the investment that is being driven by population growth and

urbanisation. These sectors include roads, rail, light rail, other

public transport, power, gas, water, telecommunications, health,

education, defence and other government sectors.

These sectors are served by Downer’s Urban Services

businesses – Transport, Utilities and Facilities.

These Urban Services businesses have:

§Demonstrated strength and resilience

§Leading market positions and attractive medium-term

and long-term growth opportunities

§A high proportion of government and

government-related contracts

§A capital light, services-based business model generating

lower risk, more predictable revenues and cash flows.

In the 12 months ended 30 June 2022, Downer completed the

divestment of its Mining portfolio of businesses, with the sale

of Open Cut Mining East and Otraco. During the year, Downer

also exited the majority of its Hospitality contracts.

10

| Downer EDI Limited

Sustainability
At Downer, sustainability means sustainable and profitable

growth, providing value to customers, delivering services in a

safe and environmentally responsible manner, helping its people

to be better and advancing the communities in which the

Group operates.

Downer’s commitments to sustainability are outlined

in its policies, which are accessible from the Downer

website (www.downergroup.com). The Group’s 2022

Sustainability Report details Downer’s sustainability-

related performance for the financial year ended

30 June 2022 can be found on the Company website

(www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport).

A core element of Downer’s sustainability approach is to

focus on its customers’ success. The Group’s core operating

philosophy, ‘Relationships creating success’, encapsulates this

theme. With Downer’s services impacting millions of lives every

day, the sustainability of the Group’s operations is paramount

– for its people, partners, shareholders, customers and their

customers. Downer delivers these services while managing

the impacts of its activities on people, the environment

and communities in which the Group operates and working

collaboratively with its supply chain. Downer’s extensive

capability is well-placed for the decarbonisation effort that

is required to meet Australia and New Zealand’s Net Zero

emissions target. The Group understands that its ability

to do this is fundamental to Downer’s long-term success.

Group Financial Performance

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2022, Downer reported a

decrease in total revenue and earnings before interest, tax and

amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA) driven by the loss

of contribution from the Mining and Laundries divestments

made in the current and prior periods. In addition, the Group’s

financial performance has been impacted by COVID-19 as well

as severe wet weather conditions as a result of La Niña.

The main features of the result for the 12 months ended

30 June 2022 were:

§Total revenue

1

of $12.0 billion, down 2.0%

§Statutory EBITA of $358.0 million, down 10.7%;

from $401.0 million

§EBITA margin of 3.0% down from 3.3% at 30 June 2021

§Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

of $323.2 million, down 3.5%; from $334.8 million

§Statutory net profit after tax and before amortisation

of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of $176.4 million,

down 23.3%; from $230.0 million

§Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) of $152.0 million,

down 17.3%; from $183.7 million.

Gearing has decreased by 1.3 percentage points (pp) to 17.7%

since June 2021 reflecting the strong operating cash flows and

proceeds from the divestment program partially offset by the

impact of the share buy-back program.

Cash conversion for the year was 83.9% and 88.9% after

adjusting for $22.3 million

2

cash outflows related to items

recognised in FY20 and funded from the July 2020 capital

raising, and $12.7 million bid costs for the Queensland Train

Manufacturing Program.

Corporate costs decreased by $2.7 million or, 2.6%, to

$100.5 million as a result of portfolio restructure and cost

management, partially offset by higher information technology

security and insurance related costs.

Net finance costs decreased by $19.5 million or, 18.6%, to

$85.4 million driven by lower average debt drawn and lower

lease interest expense.

The underlying effective tax rate of 28.0% is lower than the

statutory corporate tax rate of 30.0% due to the impact of items

including non-taxable distributions from joint ventures and

lower tax rates in overseas jurisdictions (e.g. New Zealand).

Individually Significant Items (ISIs) totalled $41.2 million loss

before interest and tax for the year, ($48.9 million loss after-tax).

These ISIs relate to:

§The fair value movement of the Downer Contingent Share

Options (DCSO) issued in FY21 as part of the acquisition of

the remaining 12.2% interest in Spotless

§Divestments and exit costs

§Portfolio restructure costs

§Bid costs

§Probuild credit loss

§Gain on sale of PP&E.

Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report for further details.

1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2. Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer, for

which the uses included the funding of payroll remediation costs and legal

settlements of New Zealand building works.

11Directors’ Report |

The table below provides a comparison of the underlying
1

earnings for FY22 versus the results for FY21 and a reconciliation to

statutory NPAT.

Underlying

1

E B I TA ( A$ m )SegmentFY22FY21

Variance

(%)

TransportTransport254.6250.21.8%

Utilities

2

Utilities73.794.8(22.3%)

Facilities

2

Facilities179.8178.60.7%

Core Urban Services Businesses508.1523.6(3.0%)

Engineering & ConstructionAll other segments–(5.1)100.0%

MiningAll other segments8.146.6(82.6%)

LaundriesFacilities–5.0(100.0%)

HospitalityFacilities(16.5)0.4<(100%)

Non-core businesses(8.4)46.9<(100%)

CorporateUnallocated(100.5)(103.2)2.6%

Group Underlying EBITA

2

399.2467. 3(14.6%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (pre-tax)(34.8)(66. 2)47.4%

Underlying EBIT364.4401.1(9.1%)

Net interest expense(8 5 .4)(100.6)15.1%

Tax expense(78.1)(85.6)8.8%

Underlying NPAT200.9214.9(6.5%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (post-tax)24.446.3(47. 3 %)

U n d e r l y i n g N PATA

3

225.3261.2(13.7%)

Items outside of underlying NPATA(41 . 2)(70.6)41.6%

Tax (expense)/benefit on items outside NPATA( 7.7 )39.4<(100%)

Statutory NPATA176.4230.0(23.3%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (post-tax)(24.4)(4 6 . 3)47. 3%

Statutory NPAT152.0183.7(17. 3%)

1. The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to

audit or review.

2. The Group has restated the previously reported segment information for the year ended 30 June 2021 to align it with the current segment presentation.

3. Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense.

Group FY22: $34.8 million, $24.4 million after-tax. (FY21: $66.2 million, $46.3 million after-tax).

12

| Downer EDI Limited

Statutory earnings
Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of $323.2 million, down 3.5%; from $334.8 million.

Statutory EBITA of $358.0 million, down 10.7%, from $401.0 million.

Underlying EBITA of $399.2 million, down 14.6%; from $467.3 million.

A reconciliation of the FY22 underlying result to the statutory result is provided in the table below:

A$mE B I TA

Net Interest

expense

Ta x

expenseN PATA

Amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

(post-tax)N PAT

Underlying result399.2(85.4)(88.5)225.3(24.4)200.9

Fair value on Downer Contingent

Share Options (DCSO)

1

3.7––3.7–3.7

Divestments and exit costs(75.8)–5.0(70.8)–(70.8)

Portfolio restructure costs( 7.6)–2.3(5.3)–(5.3)

Bid costs

2

(12.7)–3.8(8.9)–(8.9)

Probuild credit loss(34.6)–6.9(27.7 )–(27.7 )

Gain on sale of PP&E85.8–(25.7)60.1–60.1

Total items outside underlying result(41.2)–( 7.7)(48.9)–(48.9)

Statutory result – Profit/(loss)358.0(85.4)(96.2)176.4(24.4)152.0

1. The Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) issued as part of the acquisition of the minority interest in Spotless in August 2020 are required to be recorded

at fair value with changes in fair value recorded through profit or loss. Since 30 June 2021, the fair value of the DCSO has decreased by $3.7 million, which has been

recognised in ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income during the year. This income is primarily driven by

the decrease in Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05 at 30 June 2022.

2. Downer is in the process of tendering for the State of Queensland Train Manufacturing Program, for which a net $12.7 million in bid costs were expensed during the year.

Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report for further details.

Expenses

Total expenses decreased by 3.6%, or $410.5 million

compared to the prior corresponding period (pcp) and

includes $153.7 million of items outside the underlying result,

while the pcp included $77.0 million of ISIs.

Excluding these items, total expenses in FY22 decreased by

4.4%, or $487.2 million.

Downer’s cost base (including ISIs) by type of expense

compared to the pcp is as follows:

FY22 (%)FY21 (%)

 Employee benefits

 Subcontractor

 Raw materials and

consumables used

 Plant and equipment,

depreciation and amortisation,

impairment of assets

 Other expenses

5.1

34.2

36.7

14.2

9.8

5.7

33.0

40.8

12.7

7.8

Employee benefits expense decreased by 7.2%, or $278.3 million,

to $3.6 billion and represents 33.0% of Downer’s cost base.

The decrease is mainly driven by divestments (Mining and

Laundries) and exiting of contracts in Hospitality together with

a shift in the mix of labour from direct labour to subcontractors.

Accordingly, subcontractor costs increased by 7.2%, or $297.8

million, to $4.4 billion and represents 40.8% of Downer’s cost

base (36.7% in pcp).

Raw materials and consumables used decreased by 13.4%, or

$213.3 million, to $1.4 billion and represents 12.7% of Downer’s

cost base. The decrease is mainly driven by lower raw materials

costs following the divestment of Mining and Laundries and

completion of the Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) construction

phase within Transport.

Plant and equipment costs decreased by 20.6%, or $121.7 million,

to $0.5 billion and represents 4.3% of Downer’s cost base.

The decrease in plant and equipment costs is attributed to

a less capital-intensive business following the divestment of

Mining and Laundries as well as from initiatives to drive efficient

plant and equipment utilisation and maintenance practices.

Total depreciation and amortisation decreased by 30.8%, or

$152.2 million, to $0.3 billion and represents 3.2% of Downer’s

cost base. The decrease is driven by assets disposed as part of

the Laundries and Mining divestments.

13Directors’ Report |

Other expenses from ordinary activities which include
communication, travel, professional fees and occupancy

costs, increased by 6.1%, or $35.4 million, to $615.3 million and

represents 5.7% of Downer’s cost base.

Other expenses include $84.0 million of pre-tax ISIs (pcp

included $60.4 million), mainly related to divestment results

(including transaction and divestment costs) and the credit

loss incurred as a result of the customer Probuild entering

administration as described in Note B3 to the Financial Report.

Excluding the impact of ISIs, other expenses increased 2.3%

or $11.8 million mainly due to higher information technology

security and insurance costs.

Cash flow

Operating Cash Flow

Operating cash flow of $495.4 million represents a cash

conversion of 83.9% of adjusted earnings before interest, tax,

depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).

The decrease in cash was predominantly driven by lower

contributions from Mining and Laundries as a result of

divestment activities as well as from the impact of severe

wet weather as a result of La Niña and from COVID-19 across

the Group.

Included within the operating cash flows is $22.3 million

1

of cash

outflows related to items recognised in FY20 and funded from

the July 2020 capital raising, and a net $12.7 million in relation to

bid costs. Excluding these cash outflows, cash conversion would

be 88.9%.

Investing Cash Flow

Total investing cash inflow of $38.4 million was $2.5 million

higher than the pcp and includes $245.4 million proceeds from

the disposal of Mining during the year. Proceeds from disposal

activities include: $75.1 million net proceeds from Otraco,

$131.0 million net proceeds from Open Cut Mining East and

$39.3 million deferred proceeds received in relation to Open

Cut Mining West and Blasting (divested in FY21).

Excluding payments for the acquisition of businesses and

proceeds from the disposal of businesses, investing cash

outflow would have decreased by 21.0% or $48.5 million to

$182.9 million largely due to lower capex requirements following

the divestment of the Laundries and Mining businesses.

Debt and bonding

The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled

$1,964.7 million at 30 June 2022 with $591.8 million undrawn.

There is sufficient available capacity to support the ongoing

operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2022, the Group had liquidity of $1.9 billion

comprising cash balances of $738.5 million and undrawn

committed debt facilities of $1.2 billion.

1. Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer,

for which the uses included the funding of payroll remediation costs

and legal settlements of New Zealand building works.

A buyback of Downer’s shares was announced to the market

on 27 April 2021 and the buyback commenced on 8 June 2021.

During the year ended 30 June 2022, a total of 24,002,597

shares were purchased for total consideration of $142.6 million.

Since announcement, $167.4 million has been spent on the

buyback program with 28,365,995 shares bought back.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Balance sheet

Since 30 June 2021, the net assets of the Group decreased by

$123.4 million or, 4.2%, to $2.8 billion driven by the impact of

Mining divestments (now concluded) as shown below:

IncreaseDecreaseTotal

2,957.4

47.0

(236.5)

103.8

(68.6)

30.9 2,834.0

Reduction

in net

debt

Mining

disposal

PPEROUAWorking

capital

and other

Jun-22

2.0

2.2

2.4

2.6

2.8

3.0

3.2

$’b

Movement in Net Assets

Jun-21

Net debt is calculated as borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt has decreased by

$47.0 million or, 7.0%, mainly driven by $119.9 million lower

borrowings following debt repayments made, partially offset by

the lower cash position since 30 June 2021.

The Mining divestment program reduced net assets of

the Group by $236.5 million as described in Note F6 to the

Financial Report.

Excluding the impact from the disposal of Mining; Property,

plant and equipment increased by $103.8 million or, 12.6%.

This was driven by capital expenditure in the Transport segment

including assets from the acquisition of Fowlers Asphalting as

well as the Rosehill Asphalt plant and Somerton land. Right-of-

use assets decreased by $68.6 million, or 13.6%, representing a

lower leased asset portfolio following divestments.

Total Equity decreased by $123.4 million mainly driven by the

$142.6 million in shares bought back and $171.4 million dividends

paid during the year. This was partially offset by $152.0 million

net profit after tax and mark to market gain on cross currency

interest rates swaps recognised in hedge reserves.

14

| Downer EDI Limited

Segment financial performance
Transport

Transport comprises Downer’s Road Services, Rail and Transit

Systems and Projects businesses.

Total revenue

1

(FY22)

Transport

EBITA

2

(FY22)

48.1%51.0%

1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Transport revenue increased by 8.1%, or $426.5 million, to

$5.7 billion due to higher contributions from the Projects

business in Australia resulting from the commencement of new

projects as well as an improved contribution from the Keolis

Downer JV due to patronage increase following the easing of

COVID-19 restrictions and the commencement of the Adelaide

Metro contract. These increases were partially offset by lower

revenue in Rail and Transit Systems following completion of the

Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) construction phase.

Transport EBITA increased by 1.8% to $254.6 million due to

new contracts within the Project business and an increased

contribution from the Keolis Downer JV. This was partially offset

by a decrease in contribution from Road Services in Australia

mainly from wet weather impact from La Niña and from the

completion of the SGT delivery project in Rail and Transit

Systems business.

Road Services

Downer manages and maintains road networks across Australia

and New Zealand and manufactures and supplies products

and services to create safe, efficient and reliable journeys.

Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road

infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,

maintaining more than 28,000 kilometres of road in Australia

and more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand.

Downer creates and delivers solutions to its customers’

challenges through strategic asset management and a

leading portfolio of products and services. Downer is a leading

manufacturer and supplier of bitumen-based products and

an innovator in the sustainable asphalt industry and circular

economy, using recycled products and environmentally

sustainable methods to produce asphalt.

Rail and Transit Systems

Downer has over 100 years’ rail experience providing end-

to-end, innovative transport solutions. Downer is a leading

provider of rollingstock asset management services in Australia,

with expertise in delivering whole-of-life asset management

support to its customers. Downer’s capability spans all sectors,

from rollingstock to infrastructure, and every project phase,

from design and manufacture to through-life-support, fleet

maintenance, operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private

provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with

contracts to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne, the

Gold Coast light rail system in Queensland, Adelaide Metro and

an integrated public transport system for the city of Newcastle

in New South Wales. Keolis Downer is also one of Australia’s

most significant bus operators.

Projects

Downer delivers multi-disciplined infrastructure solutions to

customers within the transport and power sector. The services

provided by Downer include the design and construction of

light rail, heavy rail, signalling, track and station works, rail

safety technology, bridges and roads as well as design and

construction of steel lattice transmission towers and design

and build of substations.

Downer has a long history of delivering infrastructure projects

under a variety of contracting models. Downer’s integrated

capabilities enable intelligent transport solutions, road network

management and maintenance, facility maintenance, utilities

services and renewable energy technologies.

Utilities

Downer offers a range of services to customers across

the power and gas, water, telecommunications and

renewables sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY22)

Utilities

EBITA

2

(FY22)

14.9%14.7%

1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2. Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Utilities revenue decreased by 6.0%, or $112.0 million, to

$1.8 billion largely due to a decrease in volumes relating

to COVID-19 related disruptions; partially offset by increased

activities in Telecommunications in Australia.

15Directors’ Report |

Utilities EBITA decreased by 22.3% to $73.7 million largely due
to COVID-19 lockdowns impacts particularly in Water Services

and Metering Services in Australia and in Telecommunications

and Energy in New Zealand; partially offset by an increase in

contribution from Telecommunications in Australia.

Power and Gas

Downer’s services include planning, designing, constructing,

operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power

and gas network assets. A collaborative approach has made

Downer a benchmark end-to-end service provider to owners of

utility assets.

Downer constructs and maintains electricity and gas networks,

provides asset inspection and monitoring services, connects

tens of thousands of new power and gas customers each year

and provides meter, energy and water efficiency services for

governments, utilities and corporations.

Water

Downer is dedicated to delivering complete water lifecycle

solutions for municipal and industrial water users.

Downer’s expertise includes water treatment, wastewater

treatment, water and wastewater network construction and

rehabilitation, desalination and biosolids treatment.

As a leading provider of asset management services, Downer

supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle from

conceptual development through to design, construction,

commissioning and into operations and maintenance.

Telecommunications

Downer is a leading provider of end-to-end technology and

communications service solutions, offering integrated civil

construction, electrical, fibre, copper and radio network

deployment capability throughout Australia and New Zealand.

Key capabilities include designing, engineering, maintenance,

operations and smart metering.

Facilities

The Facilities service line operates in Australia and New Zealand

across a range of industry sectors including defence, education,

health, government, power & energy, industrial & marine

and hospitality.

Total revenue

1

(FY22)

Facilities

EBITA

2

(FY22)

35.0%32.7%

1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2. Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Facilities revenue increased by 16.5%, or $588.9 million, to

$4.2 billion largely driven by increased activities in Building

Projects in New Zealand and higher activities in Australia in

Health & Education. This was partially offset by loss of revenue

contribution from Laundries (disposed in FY21, $186.1 million

contribution in pcp) while COVID-19 lockdowns and exiting of

contracts impacted Hospitality activities.

Facilities EBITA decreased by 11.3%, or $20.7 million to

$163.3 million mainly driven by the impact of COVID-19

lockdowns during the year on several sectors (particularly in

Hospitality), loss of contribution from the Laundries business

following disposal in FY21, partially offset by higher contribution

from Building Projects in New Zealand and from Health &

Education in Australia.

Facilities

Downer is the largest integrated facilities management services

provider in Australia and New Zealand, delivering property and

facilities management services to government departments,

agencies and authorities at the Federal, State and municipal

level. With 21 Public Private Partnership projects across the

defence, education, health and leisure sectors, Downer provides

innovative management of its customers’ assets across

their lifecycle.

Downer has a 40-year history of supporting the daily operations

of hospitals across Australia and New Zealand, delivering a

range of services that create a safe environment for hospital

staff, patients and their guests. At leading schools and tertiary

institutions, Downer helps to create world-class learning

environments through integrated services such as catering,

building and grounds maintenance, conserving energy

with air-conditioning and lighting solutions and ensuring

a secure environment.

Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine

Downer is a leading provider of asset maintenance and

specialist services to Australia’s critical economic infrastructure

including the oil and gas, power generation and industrial

sectors. As a trusted partner with a leading safety record,

Downer optimises the reliability, efficiency and whole-

of-life costs of its customers’ assets through long-term

relationship-based contracts.

Mineral Technologies

Downer’s Mineral Technologies business is the world leader

in fine physical mineral separation solutions, including spiral

gravity concentrators and magnetic and electrostatic separation

technology. Mineral Technologies delivers innovative process

solutions for iron ore, mineral sands, silica sands, coal, chromite,

gold, tin, tungsten, tantalum and several other fine materials.

16

| Downer EDI Limited

All other segments
All other segments comprise the Group’s Mining activities prior

to divestment and in the comparative period also includes

the Engineering and Construction business unit which was

previously reported as ‘businesses in wind down’.

Total revenue

1

(FY22)

All other segments

EBITA

2

(FY22)

2.1%1.6%

1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2. Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

All other segments revenue decreased by 83.0%, or $1.2 billion,

to $0.2 billion and EBITA decreased by 80.5% to $8.1 million

due to cessation of revenue and EBITA contribution from the

remaining Mining businesses disposed during the year as part

of the Group’s Urban Services strategy.

Mining

Downer has completed the divestment of Mining operations.

The results for the year ended 30 June 2022 include

contribution from the Mining business units to the point

of disposal.

1. This is relevant only for non-resident shareholders. The effect is that the portion of the unfranked dividend paid out of CFI is not subject to Australian dividend

withholding tax.

2 . Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift,

or more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

(LTIFR) is the number of LTIs per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injuries (TRIs) are the number of LTIs plus medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and

contractors. Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) is the number of TRIs per million hours worked.

Engineering and Construction

Downer announced in February 2020 that it would focus

its construction efforts on areas where it has a competitive

differentiation. As a result, Downer no longer tenders for ‘hard

dollar’ construction contracts in the coal, iron ore and industrial

Electrical & Instrumentation and Structural, Mechanical and

Piping sectors.

Dividends

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 12.0

cents per share, unfranked, payable on 28 September 2022 to

shareholders on the register at 31 August 2022. The portion of

the unfranked dividend amount that will be paid out of Conduit

Foreign Income (CFI) is 14%.

1

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed

dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on

15 June 2022 has a yield of 8.14% per annum payable quarterly

in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2022.

As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of

being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be

5.86% per annum until the next reset date.

Consistent with the prior year, the Company’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.

Zero harm

Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) decreased to

0.82 from 0.99 and its Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

(TRIFR) decreased to 2.35 from 2.60 per million hours worked

2

.

Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in

May 2022 following a fall at work. Although the cause of death

is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace

fatality. This incident is a reminder of the challenges of ensuring

we remain vigilant and relentlessly manage the Critical Risks

associated with the work we do every day.

TRIFRLTIFR

TRIFR

LTIFR

Downer Group Safety Performance (12-month rolling frequency rates)

Jun-21

Jul-21

Aug-21

Sep-21

Oct-21

Nov-21

Dec-21

Mar-22

Apr-22

May-22

Feb-22

Jan-22

Jun-22

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.60

2.35

0.99

0.82

2.00

17Directors’ Report |

Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years
Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern environment by building trusted relationships with our customers.

Our Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Our business is founded on four Pillars:

§Safety: Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to the company’s future success

§Delivery: we build trust by delivering on our promises with excellence while focusing on safety, value for money and efficiency

§Relationships: we collaborate to build and sustain enduring relationships based on trust and integrity

§Thought leadership: we remain at the forefront of our industry by employing the best people and having the courage to

challenge the status quo.

Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out

in the table below.

Strategic ObjectiveProspectsRisks and risk management

Maintain focus on

Zero Harm

Downer believes that a sustainable

and embedded Zero Harm culture

is fundamental to the Company’s

ongoing success, and to building

trusted relationships with customers

and business partners. Downer’s

approach to Zero Harm enables it

to work safely and environmentally

responsibly in industry sectors with

inherently hazardous environments.

Zero Harm at Downer means a work

environment that supports the health,

including mental health and wellbeing,

and safety of its people and allows it

to deliver its business activities in an

environmentally sustainable manner

and advance the communities in which

it operates. This includes continuing to

monitor all COVID-19 risks and controls,

and supporting the Government’s

vaccination rollout strategy.

Downer has a robust Critical Risk program. Risks that could

cause serious injury to people or harm to the environment,

and the controls needed to eliminate or manage those risks,

are understood. This knowledge forms the core of Downer’s

risk management processes, and the monitoring of its critical

controls. There is a strong commitment to Downer’s Zero Harm

objectives across all levels of the business. A core objective

of The Downer Standard program is to unify the way Downer

manages Zero Harm and performs its work. In an important

step, Downer achieved centralised third-party accreditation

to the International Standards ISO 45001 (Safety), ISO 9001

(Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment). This gives Downer a

single system of work for safety, quality and environment, and

a framework to develop, implement and monitor The Downer

Standard. Establishing this consistent single platform means

Downer can deliver consistent best practice information and

work processes to its frontline employees, helping them to

better manage risk and change in their dynamic workplaces.

Downer continues to be vigilant around the management of

COVID-19 and maintaining the highest levels of controls in

line with expert advice and Government guidance. Downer

supported the Government’s vaccination initiative and strongly

encouraged its employees to have the vaccination when

it was available to them, once they had consulted a health

professional on the associated risks and benefits.

Embed asset

management and

standardisation as a

cornerstone of the

Delivery pillar

Downer has developed extensive asset

management knowledge and expertise

and also adopts and implements world-

leading insights and solutions. Downer

strives for standardisation in its risk

management and project delivery to

ensure consistent quality outcomes for

its customers.

The expectations of Downer’s customers, and their customers,

continue to grow with regards to reliable, intuitive, and cost-

effective assets and services. Downer has invested in capability

and talent to improve asset management through standard

processes, data analytics and lifecycle performance analytics.

A number of these investments have Group-wide application in

addition to their bespoke customer benefits.

Risks to be managed include: delivering services with limited

value to customers; scope reduction by customers who elect to

insource services and directly source blue-collar contractors; an

inability to deliver obligations in performance frameworks and

service outcome contracts; exposure to modern slavery risks

in the Group’s labour force and supply chain; and adjustment

mechanisms and allowances for price movements (for example,

CPI movements, material costs and labour cost).

18

| Downer EDI Limited

Strategic ObjectiveProspectsRisks and risk management
Focus on

engagement with

customers and

suppliers as a

cornerstone of the

Relationships pillar

Providing valuable and reliable products

and services to customers, and their

customers, is at the heart of Downer’s

culture. It enables Downer’s customers

to focus more on their core expertise

while Downer delivers non-core

operational services. Through ongoing

analysis of markets, customers and

competitors, Downer is well positioned

to improve value and service for its

customers and their customers.

Relationships creating success continues to be Downer’s

core operating philosophy that drives delivery of projects

and services. It helps to ensure investment as initiatives and

activities are focused on helping Downer’s customers to

succeed.

Risks to be managed include: the threat of new competitors

and disruptors in traditional markets; not keeping pace

with changing customer expectations; and the threat of

commoditisation of core products and services.

Utilise technology

in core service

offerings as a

cornerstone of

Downer’s Thought

Leadership pillar

Technology is an inherent feature of

today’s world and there is therefore

greater demand for provision of

cyber secure technology in the

services Downer provides. Customer

operations are growing in complexity

in an ever-changing threat landscape,

and this creates opportunities for

Downer to connect securely, manage,

monitor and report on core services

and infrastructure.

Downer invests in a range of technology platforms and

partnerships to meet customer needs. Downer focuses on

selecting the right investments, for example those that can be

leveraged across a number of service lines to maximise value

for the greatest number of customers. Downer remains firmly

focused on continuously protecting against evolving cyber

risks and threats, demonstrating credibility and trust through

secure cyber stewardship and custody.

Risks to be managed include: intensification of competition

as customers converge into large single market procurement

channels; introduction of foreign and technology-based

competitors that bring a different value proposition; and a

need for greater investment in technology and data services.

Strengthen

Downer’s position

as an employer of

choice by fostering

an inclusive

workplace culture

For Downer to deliver the best possible

outcomes for its customers, it needs

a workforce that is diverse, inclusive,

capable and engaged. Downer’s

actions are guided by its Inclusion

and Belonging (I&B) Strategy, which

promotes a culture where employees

feel a sense of belonging.

Downer operates in sectors that are subject to highly

competitive labour markets, which makes employee retention

and attraction an important strategic objective.

Downer has the ability to leverage its large workforce, broad

geographic footprint and diverse technical skill base to mitigate

labour supply challenges by redeploying skilled employees to

high-priority contracts/projects to ensure the right people are

in place to deliver high-quality services for its customers.

Downer’s talent attraction and retention strategy focuses on

providing opportunities for employees to grow their careers,

offering benefits that are competitive with the market, and

creating channels for engagement and feedback.

Downer is focused on maintaining the work-life balance of its

people and supports flexible working arrangements, where

possible, to meet the growing expectations of its current and

future workforce.

Downer also understands that mental health is a growing

societal issue, and has developed and implemented its

accredited Mental Health First Aid program to arm its people

with the knowledge and skills to support their own mental

health as well as the mental health of their friends and family.

Risks to manage include: effective retention of high-performing

people; potential for high employee turnover; increased

competition for talent due to tight labour market; workforce

resilience; and low unemployment and high job mobility rates.

19Directors’ Report |

Strategic ObjectiveProspectsRisks and risk management
Mitigate climate-

related risks and

capture growth

opportunities

presented

by decarbonisation

As society shifts towards a net zero

emissions future, Downer is seeing

increasing interest in decarbonisation

across its customer base.

Downer is uniquely positioned with

its skills, experience and technical

capabilities to play a pivotal role in the

energy transition.

Downer believes its own pathway to net

zero is essential in adding credibility to

the services it delivers to help customers

decarbonise their own operations.

Downer has committed to an absolute

near-term target of 50% reduction of its

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 2032

and an absolute near-term target of

30% reduction of its Scope 3 emissions

by 2032. Downer has set a long-term

target to be net zero in Scope 1, 2 and

3 GHG emissions by 2050, subject to

future available technologies. Both the

near-term and the long-term targets

have a base year of 2020.

Downer’s key climate-related challenge is to decouple its GHG

emissions from revenue growth.

In FY22, Downer completed a detailed review of its most

material climate-related risks and opportunities in line with the

Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

This work built on Downer’s previous TCFD analysis in 2019,

and reaffirmed that climate change presents considerable

opportunities for Downer – and that these opportunities will

increase as efforts to decarbonise accelerate.

The analysis determined that Downer’s greatest exposure

to transition risk are its asphalt plants as well as its light and

heavy vehicle fleet and plant and equipment. Downer has

decarbonisation strategies and plans to minimise exposure

to transition risks.

In addition, Downer has undertaken a review of its capital

allocation process to integrate climate thinking and

considerations. This led to the creation of a centralised

decarbonisation fund to support initiatives that will help

achieve Downer’s net zero commitments.

Risks to manage include: the physical risks to Downer’s fixed

assets, key sites and locations (such as extreme heat, bushfires

and severe weather events); transition risks associated with

decarbonising Downer’s asphalt manufacturing process and

its fleet; regulatory risk and cost increase due to Government

policy (i.e. carbon price); reputational risk such as customer

and shareholder expectations; and reducing Downer’s Scope

3 emissions, in particular emissions derived from purchased

goods and services.

20

| Downer EDI Limited

The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s
intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service lineProspectsDowner’s response

TransportThe multi-billion dollar market

for transport services continues

to grow in both Australia and

New Zealand. Governments in

both countries continue to invest

in a range of projects to reduce

congestion, improve mobility,

and provide better linkages

between communities.

Downer is a market leader in road services in both Australia and

New Zealand, light rail construction in Australia and heavy rail

construction and maintenance in Australia. Downer maintains

strong strategic partnerships with leading global transport solutions

providers and, through this model, is pursuing opportunities in

rollingstock manufacture and maintenance, and transport network

operations and maintenance. The Keolis Downer joint venture is a

leading Australian multi-modal transport operator. Downer is also

seeing increased demand for its circular economy products like

Reconophalt

TM

, a sustainable asphalt product made from up to 100%

recycled materials.

UtilitiesGrowth across utility markets

is multi-faceted with a good

pipeline of prospects in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Downer’s customers

are actively investing in

decarbonisation projects.

Downer has market leading positions in the power, gas, water and

telecommunications sectors in both Australia and New Zealand.

Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of the growth

opportunities available in these sectors, with a demonstrable track

record of excellence in service delivery, and a greater focus on

introducing operational technology to improve the value Downer

brings to customers. Downer is also one of the largest and most

experienced providers in the renewable energy market and power

systems sectors, with more than 3GW of renewable energy generated

by wind and solar farms, either built or currently being delivered.

FacilitiesLarge-scale and long-term

outsourcing contracts continue

to come to market, however the

long-term nature of contracts in

this sector means that a lot of

work is already under contract.

There is a strong pipeline of

opportunities on the short-to-

medium-term horizon in both

Australia and New Zealand.

In addition, all Downer’s

customers are actively investing

in decarbonisation projects

and many are investigating

Hydrogen opportunities.

Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is a major force in both

Australia and New Zealand with market-leading positions across

key sectors including defence, health, education and government.

Downer also has strong market positions across the power & energy,

industrial & marine, and future energy areas. Downer is investing in

expertise and capability that will position Australia as a world leader

in clean Hydrogen and has also supported customers in delivering

carbon capture underground storage systems.

In FY22, Downer exited the majority of its Hospitality contracts.

21Directors’ Report |

Outlook
For FY23, Downer expects 10-20% underlying NPATA

growth, assuming no material COVID-19, weather, labour or

other disruptions.

Subsequent Events

At the date of this report there is no matter or circumstance

that has arisen since the end of the financial year that has

significantly affected, or may significantly affect:

(a) the Group’s operations in future financial years,

(b) the results of those operations in future financial years, or

(c) the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

Changes in state of affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change in the

state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the

financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental management

Environmental management is an important component of

Downer’s Zero Harm philosophy. Downer’s environmental

commitments are outlined in its Environmental Sustainability

Policy which can be found on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com/board-policies.

Effectively managing its environmental aspects and impacts

is fundamental to Downer’s approach to delivering its

services. Downer puts significant emphasis on its critical risk

program ensuring effective controls are implemented and

continuous improvement through lessons learned. Downer’s 10

Environmental Principles are critical to ensuring its employees

and broader stakeholder groups are engaged and aware of its

environmental commitments, including meeting and exceeding

its environmental compliance obligations.

Downer’s environmental management system is accredited

to AS/NZ ISO14001:2015 and is integrated into its Group-wide

management system, known as The Downer Standard. The

Downer Standard ensures a consistent approach to identifying

and controlling environmental hazards and risks, and managing

the Company’s environmental performance across the

organisation. The environmental management system is audited,

both internally and externally, by independent third parties.

Downer’s ability to manage the impacts of its activities on the

natural and built environment is fundamental to its long-term

success. Downer is committed to helping its customers succeed

by developing and delivering environmentally responsible and

sustainable solutions so communities remain resilient and thrive

in the future.

Downer is conscious of its social licence to operate – and

responds to this by improving the sustainability of its operations,

aiming to achieve Zero Harm to its people, minimising harm

to the environment, and always striving to enhance Downer’s

reputation, business value and ultimately shareholder wealth.

Suitably qualified environment and sustainability professionals

support each of the Business Units. Each Business Unit has

developed Sustainability Improvement Plans aligned to specific

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals with year-on-

year actions and deliverables. In addition, each Business Unit

has a customised Decarbonisation Plan. These plans assign

responsibilities for implementing the actions and deliverables.

Progress is monitored and reported throughout the year and

assessed as part of the Business Unit’s annual performance,

which is linked to the short-term incentive program.

Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the

provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the

1998 Annual General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-

time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary

companies who have completed six months service may be

invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended

30 June 2022 or 30 June 2021.

There are no performance rights or performance options,

in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

22

| Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ meetings
The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the

2022 financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee

member). During the year, nine Board meetings, six Audit and Risk Committee meetings, three Remuneration Committee meetings,

four Zero Harm Committee meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition,

17 ad hoc meetings (attended by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews, major projects

and due diligence for the on-market share buy-back program.

Board

Audit and Risk

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

M P Chellew

2

88––22

R M Harding

3

22––11

G A Fenn99––––

M J Binns

4

44––––

P S Garling

6

99––33

T G Handicott996633

N M Hollows996633

A M Howse

5

33––––

M J Menhinnitt

4

33––––

P L Watson9966––

Zero Harm

Committee

Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

M P Chellew

2

3322

R M Harding

3

22––

G A Fenn44––

M J Binns

4

––––

P S Garling

6

44––

T G Handicott––22

N M Hollows––22

A M Howse

5

––––

M J Menhinnitt

4

––––

P L Watson44––

1. These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

2. Mr Chellew joined the Board on 1 September 2021.

3. Mr Harding retired on 30 September 2021.

4. Mr Binns and Mr Menhinnitt joined the Board on 1 March 2022.

5. Dr Howse joined the Board on 1 April 2022.

6. Mr Garling retired on 30 June 2022.

23Directors’ Report |

Indemnification of officers and auditors
During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in

respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company,

the Company Secretary, all officers of the Company and of any

related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director,

secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of

the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent

permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary

of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the

performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the

Company Secretaries listed on pages 6 to 10, individuals who

act as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries

and certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also

have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial

year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of

the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability

incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate

behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance

Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s

corporate governance statement is set out at pages 132 to 143

of this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and

Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external

auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation

from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are

independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential

conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external

auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are

consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with

the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that

the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed

by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed

below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,

based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,

for the following reasons:

§All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to

ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity

of the auditor

§None of the services undermine the general principles

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute

of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s

Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and

Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing

the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-

making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for

the Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out

on page 52 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit

services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related

practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

2022

$

2021

$

Tax services248,596205,795

Advisory services96,679506,977

345,275712,772

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report

and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise stated,

amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole number

of millions of dollars and one place of decimals representing

hundreds of thousands of dollars.

24

| Downer EDI Limited

Remuneration Report
Chairman’s Letter

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2022 Remuneration Report provides information

about the remuneration of its most senior executives and

explains how performance has been linked to reward outcomes

at Downer for the 2022 financial year.

At the last Annual General Meeting in November 2021,

97.2% of all votes cast by shareholders were in favour of

the 2021 Remuneration Report.

A challenging but productive year

The 2022 financial year has been extremely challenging for

Downer and indeed most companies across the globe. The

impact of widespread COVID-19 infections within the community

and the restrictions placed on businesses and employees by

government were not anticipated at the time we set our targets

and forecasts for 2022. Additionally, the prolonged and severe

wet weather patterns experienced throughout Australia’s

eastern States have been debilitating and unprecedented.

The impact of COVID-19 and severe wet weather patterns

have materially impacted the Company’s financial performance

in 2022.

Notwithstanding the difficulties presented during the period

our staff and management responded outstandingly in

highly challenging circumstances, maximising outcomes for

shareholders, protecting not only the performance of your

Company but also the communities in which Downer operates,

all while delivering quality service outcomes for our customers.

If not for this ‘above and beyond’ effort, our Company would not

be in the strong position it is in today.

We remain leaders in the markets in which we operate,

strengthening our position over the past 12 months with

$36.1 billion work in hand. Our Net Debt to EBITDA is just

1.6x with available liquidity of $1.9 billion. We have won over

$3.5 billion in new work over the last quarter of 2022 setting

the Company up for a strong 2023 and beyond.

During the period our executive team have continued to

improve the portfolio by:

§Completing the exit of the Open Cut Mining East and Otraco

businesses, delivering on the strategy to exit capital-intensive

businesses and significantly decreasing the Group’s carbon

emissions profile

§Completing the exit of the Hospitality businesses,

improving the Group’s resilience and reducing volatility

§Acquiring Fowlers Asphalting in Victoria’s Gippsland

§Completing the sale of our Rosehill Asphalt Plant and the

construction of our new world leading replacement plant.

Many of the activities that Downer’s people perform every

day have potential risks and ensuring they remain safe is of

paramount importance. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency

Rate for the year was 0.82 and the Total Recordable Injury

Frequency Rate was 2.35. Sadly, a long-term Downer employee

in New Zealand died in May 2022 following a fall at work.

Although the cause of death is not yet known, Downer has

treated this as a workplace fatality. Downer operates in sectors

that are exposed to high-risk activities and, while we have a

history of strong safety performance, we are determined to learn

from this loss. The health and safety of our people is Downer’s

number one priority.

The impact of divestments or acquisitions on executive

remuneration can be significant. The Board’s overarching

concern is to ensure executives:

§Are accountable for delivery of the annual budget

and business plan

§Consider potential acquisition or divestment

opportunities without the influence of their impact

on remuneration outcomes.

The Board’s policy is that:

§Where a transaction is both material and unbudgeted,

the impact of the transaction when calculating the key

performance indicators on which executive performance is

measured should be removed. This ensures that executives

are ‘no better or worse off’ due to the transaction

§For individually significant items, whether to adjust for their

impact (positive or negative) is considered having regard to

the circumstances relevant to each.

In 2022 the impact of the acquisition of Fowlers Asphalting, the

exit of the remaining Hospitality contracts, the divestments of

the Mining businesses of Otraco and Open Cut Mining East,

and the gain on the sale of the Rosehill Asphalt Plant have been

removed, in line with policy.

25Directors’ Report |

There were other unbudgeted individually significant items
in 2022 which also affected statutory results, being:

§The fair value adjustment on the Downer Contingent Share

Options issued as part of the consideration for acquisition of

the remaining interests in Spotless

§Bid costs for the Queensland Train Manufacturing Program.

The impact of these items on executive performance KPIs have

also been removed as they were either not contemplated at the

time KPI targets were set or were unable to be calculated at that

time. This is consistent with policy and past practice. More detail

can be found on these items at section 7.4.2 of this report.

Most importantly, the Board has assessed the impact of

COVID-19 and severe wet weather on executive performance

KPIs and formed the view that the executive was likely to

achieve at least target earnings performance in 2022, in the

absence of those impacts.

After extensive deliberation of these issues and the Company’s

financial and non-financial performance, the Board determined

it important and appropriate to exercise discretion and award

an STI outcome of 65% for the Executives, which is between

threshold and target. In keeping with policy, 50% of these

awards are deferred.

In assessing the appropriate level of award the Board has

balanced the challenging environment for shareholders and the

strong competition for talent and retention across Australia and

New Zealand, which is unparalleled in recent years.

Link between Downer performance and reward outcomes

Downer’s remuneration framework for key senior employees

has been very successful in aligning Downer’s strategy and

the creation of alignment between senior executives and

shareholders. As set out in this Remuneration Report, Downer’s

remuneration strategy continues to provide:

§A significant proportion of remuneration being ‘at risk’ linked

to clear, objective measures

§A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short-term

incentive entitlement

§For deferral of 50% of short-term incentive payments over

a further two-year period

§The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity.

We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed

analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s

remuneration arrangements.


M P Chellew T G Handicott

Chairman Remuneration

Committee Chairman

26

| Downer EDI Limited

Remuneration Report – AUDITED
The Remuneration Report provides information about the

remuneration arrangements for key management personnel

(KMP), which means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s

most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2022. The

term ‘executive’ in this Report means KMPs who are not

Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

1. Year in Review

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices

4. Relationship between Remuneration Policy

and Company Performance

5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

8. Executive Equity Ownership

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts

10. Related Party Information

11. Description of Non-executive Director Remuneration

27Directors’ Report |

1. Year in Review
1.1 Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward

plans based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the

relevant sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.

PolicyEnhancements since 2021

Short-term incentive (STI) planThe environmental sustainability and critical risk measures for the Zero Harm element have

been further refined, building upon previous improvements to move with and support growth

in organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero Harm improvement

through, in addition to existing requirements:

§Introducing a requirement to undertake a climate-related risk and opportunity assessment,

and address one climate risk, progress one climate opportunity, and incorporate these into

the decarbonisation plan

§Reviewing the Sustainable Development Goal Improvement Plans developed in 2021 and

achievement of the Year 2 goals from those plans

§Undertaking a detailed analysis to understand the top three controls requiring improvement

within an area of responsibility and completion of projects to improve them

§Achievement of the stretch targets for the Group’s Sustainability Linked Loan Key Performance

Indicators, which include greenhouse gas emissions reductions and social sustainability

measures of Indigenous Cultural Awareness and Mental Health First Aid training targets.

Further detail on the measures for the STI plan are set out at section 6.3.4.

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

DirectorRole

M P ChellewChairman, Independent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 September 2021)

R M HardingChairman, Independent Non-executive Director (retired 30 September 2021)

G A FennManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer

M J BinnsIndependent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 March 2022)

P S GarlingIndependent Non-executive Director (retired 30 June 2022)

T G HandicottIndependent Non-executive Director

N M HollowsIndependent Non-executive Director

A M HowseIndependent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 April 2022)

M J MenhinnittIndependent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 March 2022)

P L WatsonIndependent Non-executive Director

Downer undertook an organisational restructure which was implemented effective 1 July 2021. The restructure saw the

rationalisation of the management structure and the appointment of a Group Chief Operating Officer. Accordingly, the Executive

Key Management Personnel who have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the

Group were reassessed.

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year.

ExecutiveRole

M J FergusonChief Financial Officer

P J TompkinsChief Operating Officer

28

| Downer EDI Limited

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices
3.1 Executive remuneration policy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

PolicyPractices aligned with policy

Retain experienced,

proven performers,

and those considered

to have high potential

for succession

§Provide remuneration that is internally fair

§Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market

§Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

Focus performance §Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets

§Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement

§Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made

§Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple years

and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

Provide a Zero

Harm environment

§Incorporate measures that embody Zero Harm for Downer’s employees, contractors, communities

and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk §Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term

results, and deferring equity-based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested

§Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and

cap maximum incentive payments

§Do not provide excessive ‘cliff’ reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a

performance threshold is approached

§Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one

measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans

§Stagger vesting of deferred short-term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments

§Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive

risk taking

§Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests

with those of shareholders

§Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is

linked to shareholder value performance

§Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against

challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic conditions

as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to shareholder value

§Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director

§Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments

from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness

§Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and payment

of LTI components in shares

§Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment

with shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced,

proven performers

§Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced executives

from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

29Directors’ Report |

4. Relationship between Remuneration Policy
and Company Performance

4.1 Company strategy and remuneration

Downer’s business strategy includes:

§Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving

health, safety and environmental performance to achieve

Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant

environmental incidents

§Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving

existing customers better across multiple products and

service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in

innovation, research and development and community

and Indigenous partnerships

§Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value-

add services that improve propositions for customers and

exporting established core competencies into new overseas

markets with current customers of the Company

§Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability

to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and

reduce cyclical volatility

§Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins

through simplifying and driving efficiency

§Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver

long-term shareholder value

§Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing

economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer

delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements this

strategy by:

§Emphasis on Zero Harm measures across safety

performance, critical risk and environmental and social

sustainability and setting safety and environmental gateways

in the STI to maintain the Company’s position as a Zero Harm

leader, and employer and service provider of choice, thereby

delivering a competitive advantage

§Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements for

both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPATA), Free

Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage cross-

divisional collaboration

§Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow

to reduce working capital and debt exposure

§Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and

gateway requirements based on effective application of funds

employed to run the business for better capital efficiency

§Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure

§Excluding the short-term impacts of opportunistic and

unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive

outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and

growth consistent with strategy

§Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable

performance and a longer-term focus

§Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP

Scorecard measure

§Encouraging engagement with, and the development and

retention of, its people to help maintain a sustainable supply

of talent.

4.2 Remuneration linked to performance

The link to performance is provided by:

§Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration

to vary with short-term and long-term performance

§Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before

an STI calculation for executives is made

§Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be achieved

before calculating any reward for safety or environmental

performance

§Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures

to assess performance

§Ensuring that these measures focus management on

strategic business objectives that create shareholder value

§Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity

for alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key

corporate measures:

§Earnings per share (EPS) growth

§Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX 100

companies (excluding ASX ‘Financials’ sector companies)

§G r o u p N PATA

§Divisional EBITA

§FFO

§Engagement with Downer’s people

§Zero Harm measures of safety and

environmental sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance

on these key measures.

30

| Downer EDI Limited

31Directors’ Report |
The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX 100 over the five-year

period to 30 June 2022.

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

Jun

2017

Dec

2017

Jun

2018

Dec

2018

Jun

2019

Dec

2019

Jun

2022

Jun

2020

Dec

2020

Jun

2021

Dec

2021

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

Downer EDI TSR

0

50

100

150

200

Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2017

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the last five years.

Net profit after tax

Free cash flow

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

235.5

1

178.1

1

247.8

1

258.3

2

(155.7)

$’m

2018

2019

2021

2020

2022

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

500

429.3

4

178.3

3

185.7

4

431.5

3

(219.1)

$’m

2018

2019

2021

2020

2022

1. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually significant

items. 2018: $176.7 million net increase, 2021: $51.8 million net increase and

2022: $26.1 million net increase.

2. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions by $18.0 million

net decrease.

3. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including payment for

Spotless shares. 2018: $324.6 million net decrease and 2021: $313.1 million

net decrease.

4. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions. 2019: $65.2 million net

increase and 2022: $104.5 million net decrease.

Basic earnings per share

5

Safety

6

-30

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

21.3

10.5

42.1

25.4

(26.1)

Cents per share

2018

2019

2021

2020

2022

1000

1200

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries

per 1,000,000 hours

2018

2020

2019

2021

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0.99

0.57

0.78

0.67

2022

0.82

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

5. Basic earnings per share for 2018 and 2019 were restated as a result

of 106.6 million shares issued from the capital raising as part of the

acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless. The weighted average

number of shares (WANOS) to calculate EPS was adjusted by an

adjustment factor of 0.9817.

6. Safety data for 2021 and 2022 includes Hawkins and Spotless.

Safety data for 2018 to 2020 excludes Hawkins and Spotless.

5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration
The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve

executive and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in

respect of:

§Executive remuneration and incentive policy

§Remuneration of senior executives of the Company

§Executive reward and its impact on risk management

§Executive incentive plans

§Equity-based incentive plans

§Superannuation arrangements

§Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel

and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director

§Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report

§Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration

arrangements for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisors without seeking approval of the Board or management.

During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its advisor. Guerdon Associates

Pty Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

6.1 Executive remuneration structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for

performance periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for

performance over a three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget

for the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned

with shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives, the target

STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are

determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position


Target STI

% of fixed

remuneration


Maximum STI

% of fixed

remuneration


M a x i m u m LT I

% of fixed

remuneration

Maximum total

performance

based pay as a

% of fixed

remuneration

Managing Director75100100200

KMP56.257550125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

§Market practice

§The service period before executives can receive equity rewards

§The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators

§The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive rewards

have vested.

32

| Downer EDI Limited

6.2 Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor

vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external

candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of

remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will

be made.

No adjustment has been made to remuneration for the Managing Director since July 2012, other than a voluntary reduction in

his fixed remuneration by 50% for the period 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in recognition of the likely impact of the coronavirus

pandemic on Downer and its people. The funds from this voluntary remuneration reduction, along with contributions from Directors

and other executives, were used to establish a fund to provide financial assistance to employees experiencing severe hardship.

6.3 Short-term Incentive

6.3.1 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2022 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan §Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over a 12-month period

§Improve Zero Harm and people related results

§Ensure a part of remuneration varies with the Company’s 12-month performance.

Minimum performance ‘gateway’

before any payments can

be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and

Division EBITA for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned §Managing Director: up to 100% of fixed remuneration

§KMP: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)

§An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and

relative performance

§Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding

performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across

all participants

§Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set

out in section 6.1.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022.

Performance assessedAugust 2022, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period after

performance period for payment

to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award

and the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2022 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components

of the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentCash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An

eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and

absolute discretion of the Board.

Performance requirementsGroup NPATA and divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

33Directors’ Report |

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:
§Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain

circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board

considers that the financial results against which the STI performance measures were tested

were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated

§Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the

STI in the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of

the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the

unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion

to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the

executive is judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.2 STI overview

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured

over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2022.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is

met. For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For Divisional executives, the gateway

is based on the Division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA for Corporate executives and EBITA

for Divisional executives. This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive and deliver an

acceptable return for the funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and

opportunistic transactions are excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or

negative) is considered on a case by case basis.

As noted in section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is made at the time of award in cash and the

remaining 50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred

component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.

The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment

condition. The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided

an executive remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.

The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage

executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the

vesting of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or

cash, and will generally have regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited.

However, the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course

where the executive is judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.3 How STI payments are assessed

Target STI plan percentage

of pay

An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed

remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy set out in section 6.1.

Organisational or divisional

scorecard result

As a principle, ‘target’ achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and maximums

are also set.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key

performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set

between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the

Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculationFixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percentage x scorecard result x IPM.

34

| Downer EDI Limited

6.3.4 STI performance requirements
Overall performance is assessed on Group NPATA, Divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.

NPATA and EBITA include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy. NPATA and EBITA

provide transparency on operational business performance, align with how Downer presents its results to the market and allow for

easier understanding of alignment between performance and remuneration outcomes. The Board considers this approach to be

appropriate as:

§The Board is the ultimate decision maker for transactions that give rise to acquired intangibles that result in the

amortisation expense

§The impact of amortisation of acquired intangibles, which in nature relate to long-term strategic decisions, remains reflected in

incentive outcomes through the EPS measure in the LTI plan.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received

from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less

investing cash flow.

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety, environment, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element includes

key safety performance indicators, safety and environmental risk and environmental sustainability measures, underscoring Downer’s

commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the communities in which it operates.

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

MeasureTarget

Safety

Total Recordable Injury

Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Lost Time Injury

Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

Achieve TRIFR below 3.5 and LTIFR below 0.9 for area of responsibility.

TRIFR is calculated as the number of recordable injuries per million hours calculated over

12 months.

LTIFR is calculated as the number of lost time injuries per million hours calculated over

12 months.

Critical RiskCompletion of all actions arising from high potential incidents within a defined timeframe.

Lead and finalise a Group-wide Community of Practice (CoP) focusing on better control of one

critical risk. The CoP must deliver a set of minimum deliverables identified in the STI Guide.

The CoP must conduct a Downer Standard gap analysis, identify practice guidance and control

standard requirements, define master risks and controls and produce a training package.

Undertake detailed analysis to understand the top three controls requiring improvement within

an area of responsibility and completion of projects to improve them.

SustainabilityReview of the Sustainable Development Goal Improvement Plans developed in 2021 and

achievement of the Year 2 goals from those plans.

Undertake a climate related risk and opportunity assessment. Address one climate risk and

progress one opportunity and incorporate these into the decarbonisation plan.

Evidence that the relevant business unit is on track to achieve its science-based

decarbonisation target.

Achievement of the stretch targets for the Group’s Sustainability Linked Loan Key Performance

Indicators, which include greenhouse gas emissions reductions and social sustainability

measures of Indigenous Cultural Awareness and Mental Health First Aid training.

35Directors’ Report |

The Zero Harm measures have matured over time, with the Critical Risk and Sustainability measures now incorporating targets
across safety, environmental sustainability and social sustainability. Accordingly, the independent gateways have also been matured

to address this blend. Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, 50% of the Zero Harm element is

foregone, with 100% foregone should both occur.

Weightings applied to the 2022 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in the

table below.

ExecutiveG r o u p N PATADivisional EBITAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople

Corporate30%–30%30%10%

Business Unit7. 5%22.5%30%

( 7. 5% Group,

22.5% Division)

30%10%

(3% Group,

7% Division)

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance

achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for

it will be disclosed.

6.4 Long-term Incentive

6.4.1 LTI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2022 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan §Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over a three-year period

§Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability

§Ensure a part of remuneration varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity

that can be granted

§Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration

§KMP: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period1 July 2021 to 30 June 2024.

Performance assessedAugust 2024.

Additional service period

after performance period

for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest

unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2025.

Performance rights vestJuly 2025.

Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.

Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights

granted to each executive.

Relative TSR

The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to

the TSR of companies comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at

the start of the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2024.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative

TSR test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s

TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition

that qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile0%

50th percentile30%

Above 50th and below

75th percentile

Pro-rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and

75th percentile

75th percentile and above100%

36

| Downer EDI Limited

Performance conditionsEPS growth
The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth

over the three years to 30 June 2024.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth

test is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS

compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject

to EPS condition that qualify for vesting

< 5%0%

5%30%

Above 5% to < 10%Pro-rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more100%

Scorecard

The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPATA and FFO for each of the

three years to 30 June 2024. These measures are considered to be key drivers of shareholder value.

Accordingly, they have been included in the LTI plan to reward sustainable financial performance.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard

test is shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to

Scorecard condition that qualify for vesting

< 90%0%

90%30%

Above 90% to < 110%Pro-rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more100%

How performance rights

and shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of

the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX

adjustment factors, for any capital restructures.

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired

on-market. The Board retains the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Treatment of dividends

and voting rights on

performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on tradingVested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration

Committee. Approval requires that trading complies with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New participantsNew executives (either new starters or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on

the first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional

pro-rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year

may be made on a discretionary basis.

Ceasing executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will

be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In

these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event and providing at least 12 months of the grants’

performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service

period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or

Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance

conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance

requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

37Directors’ Report |

6.4.2 LT I o v e r v i e w
Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based

plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company

performance over three-year measures of performance.

Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the

maximum reasonable time period for setting incentive targets

for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market

practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The

performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or

voting rights. If all the vesting requirements are satisfied, the

performance rights will vest and the executives will receive

shares in the Company or cash at the discretion of the Board.

The 2022 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights

to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a

performance condition and a continued employment condition.

Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject

to an independent performance requirement. The performance

requirements for each tranche will share two common features:

§Once minimum performance conditions are met, the

proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting

commences at 30% and gradually increases pro-rata with

performance. This approach provides a strong motivation for

meeting minimum performance, but avoids a large ‘cliff’ which

may encourage excessive risk taking

§The maximum reward is capped at a ‘stretch’ performance

level that is considered attainable without excessive

risk taking.

Performance for the 2022 LTI grants will be measured over

the three-year period to 30 June 2024.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be

calculated in August 2024, but executives will be required to

remain in service until 30 June 2025 to be eligible to receive

any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior

to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the

Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in

certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent

disability or retirement of an executive. In these circumstances,

the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the

form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading

restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board

determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud,

defalcation or gross misconduct or in other circumstances at

the discretion of the Board.

6.4.3 Performance requirements

One tranche of performance rights in the 2022 LTI grant will

qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other

companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights

will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute

performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first

tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder

return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share

price over the performance period, plus the value of shares

earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period,

expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning

of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the

comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median

TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the

TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile

TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for

75% of the comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR

performance requirement applies will vest pro-rata between the

median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at

the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the

52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2022 LTI grants will be the

companies, excluding financial services companies, in the ASX

100 index as at the start of the performance period on 1 July

2021. Consideration has been given to using a smaller group of

direct competitors for comparison, however:

§Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct

competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from

period to period

§Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s

ranking among ASX 100 companies has become embedded

in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to

dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the

second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per

Share (EPS) growth over the three-year performance period to

30 June 2024. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133 Earnings

per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS

performance condition will vest pro-rata between 5% compound

annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting

the minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level

of 5% to 100% at 10% compound annual EPS growth. Capping

reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and volatility that

may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar is

set above 10%.

38

| Downer EDI Limited

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the
third tranche of performance rights is based on the Scorecard

condition over the three-year performance period to

30 June 2024.

The Scorecard condition is designed to:

§Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging

targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market

conditions, for a portion of LTI awards

§Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach

to achieving annual financial performance targets

§Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase

motivation and focus on consistent performance

§Focus on performance sustainability through reward of

consistent achievement of absolute performance targets

over the long term.

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent

absolute components of equal weighting. These components

are based on Group NPATA and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over

the three-year period to 30 June 2024.

NPATA and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the

three financial years. The performance of each component will

be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance

of each component will be determined as the average of the

annual performance assessments for the three years. The

performance rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30%

upon meeting the minimum three-year average component

performance level of 90% of target to 100% at the capped

maximum three-year average component performance level

of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure

are outlined below:

TimingActions

At the beginning

of the plan

Weighting of components is determined. In

2022 the components are equally weighted.

At the beginning

of each

financial year

NPATA and FFO target performance levels

are set.

At the end of each

financial year

§Calculate actual performance

§Assess actual performance compared

to target to determine performance

percentage for the year.

At the end of

three years

§Calculate average annual performance

for each component

§Calculate award based on performance

against the vesting range.

At the end of

four years

Consider the continued service condition

and determine vesting.

6.4.4 Post-vesting shareholding guideline

The Managing Director is required to continue to hold shares

after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been

attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director

holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100%

of his fixed remuneration. The Managing Director’s shareholding

is currently well in excess of the guideline.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce

alignment with shareholder interests. The Remuneration

Committee has discretion to allow variations from this

guideline requirement.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional

circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the

reasons for it will be disclosed.

6.5 Treatment of major transactions

Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a

long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments.

On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these

transactions. Where a transaction is both material and

unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate

to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on

which executive performance is measured. The objective of

any adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value

through an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should

not be fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive

payments. That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse

off’ as a result of the transaction. No adjustments are made for

market reactions to a transaction as the Board believes that

management is accountable for those outcomes.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:

§Ensures that executives and the Board consider these

transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer

§Means executives remain accountable for transaction

execution and post-transaction performance from the

next budget cycle

§Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions

that are in the long-term interests of shareholders

§Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when

considering the value of major transactions to

Downer’s shareholders

§Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing its

portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when they emerge

rather than being constrained by the annual budget process.

39Directors’ Report |

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results of acquired businesses are excluded for a period of 12 months
post acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for the objectives set in the annual business planning process and

in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions

and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this transition to

Downer’s framework takes place over a longer period due to the complexity of the implementation or the maturity profile of the

acquired business, the Board will consider an extension to a more appropriate period.

6.6 Treatment of significant items

From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers whether to

adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on a case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances relevant to each item.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely based on

the best interests of Downer.

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2022 financial year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash, and a LTI in the form

of performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2022 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash

STIs relating to 2022, deferred STIs payable in 2022 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the

2022 financial year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the

accounting expense of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2022 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value

of LTI grants that vested during the year.

Fixed

Remuneration

1

$

Cash Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect of

current year

2

$

Deferred Bonus

paid or payable

in respect of

prior years

4

$

To t a l

payments

$

Equity that

vested during

2022

3

$

To t a l

remuneration

received

$

G A Fenn2 ,091,147650,000430,7503,171,897–3,171,897

M J Ferguson1,000,000243,750161,5311,405,281–1,405,281

P J Tompkins1,000,000243,750160,6131,404,363–1,404,363

4,091,1471,137,500752,8945,981,541–5,981,541

1. Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2022 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component

of the award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in Section 6.3.

3. Represents the value of performance rights granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of performance rights that vested

multiplied by the closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.

4. Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2022, being the first deferred component of the 2021 award, being 25%

of the award.

40

| Downer EDI Limited

7. 2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
2022Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable

in respect

of current

year

1

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

3

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

2

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,691,432650,000629,792376,14723,568––3,370,939395,8883,766,827

M J Ferguson964,390243,750236,17212,04223,568––1,479,922110,1531,590,075

P J Tompkins952,209243,750235,40620,29527,496––1,479,15698,9741,578,130

3,608,0311,137,5001,101,370408,48474,632––6,330,017605,0156,935,032

1. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2022 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component

of the award.

2. Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities

remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

3. Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2022 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period

from the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

2021Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect of

current

year

1

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

3

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

2

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,723,306861,500483,425339,30221,694––3,429,227(116,059)3,313,168

S Cinerari1,078,306473,82527 7,69115,56626,051––1,871,439(61,165)1,810, 274

M J Ferguson965,904323,063181,28412,40221,694––1,504,3474,0981,508,445

S L Killeen905,749306,36017 7, 8 417232 ,478––1,422,5001,7331,424,233

P J Tompkins959,525321,225167,10318,78121,694––1,488,32821,0391,509,367

5,632,7902,285,9731 , 287, 344386,123123,611––9,715,841(150,354)9,565,487

1. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2021 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component

of the award.

2. Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities

remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

3. Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2021 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period

from the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

7. 3 Performance related remuneration

7. 3 .1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2022 that are performance

and non-performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2022 due

to the achievement of the relevant performance targets.

Proportion of 2022

remuneration2022 Short-term incentive

Performance

Related

1

%

Non-

performance

Related

%

Paid

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn44566535

M J Ferguson37636535

P J Tompkins37636535

1. Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.4.

41Directors’ Report |

7. 3 . 2 STI performance outcomes
In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For KMP, the hurdle is 90% of the Group

budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA.

Further information on the financial element and assessment of STI outcomes is set out at section 7.4.

For the Zero Harm element, performance between target and stretch of the individual safety and sustainability measures was

achieved. Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in May 2022 following a fall at work. Although the cause of

death is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace fatality. Accordingly, it was determined that the safety gate was not

met and 50% of the total Zero Harm achievement is forgone.

For the People element, threshold performance was achieved.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported..

7.3.3 LTI performance outcomes

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant executives

1

Relevant LTI measurePerformance outcome% LTI tranche that vested

G A Fenn,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2019 plan – performance period 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021

TSR tranche – percentile ranking

of Downer’s TSR relative to the

constituents of the ASX 100 over

a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked

at the 30th percentile based

on a TSR result of –8.4%.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth

against absolute targets over

a three-year period.

Actual performance

was –4.3%.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT

and FFO performance against budget

over a three-year period.

Actual performance was 54.3%

for NPAT and 63.6% for FFO.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

G A Fenn,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2020 plan – performance period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022

2

TSR tranche – percentile ranking

of Downer’s TSR relative to the

constituents of the ASX 100 over

a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 26th percentile based on a

TSR result of –18.3%.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth

against absolute targets over

a three-year period.

Actual performance was –4.1%.0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPATA

and FFO performance against budget

over a three-year period.

Actual performance was 57.6%

for NPATA and 62.9% for FFO.

0% became provisionally

qualified. 100% were forfeited.

1. Relevant executives refers to members of the KMP who are participants in the plan tested.

2. Test outcomes for the 2020 plan are provisional and will be confirmed following release of the Company’s audited 2022 results. Accordingly, the outcomes are not

reflected in the disclosures in section 8.

42

| Downer EDI Limited

7. 4 Major transactions and significant items
In 2022 there were five major unbudgeted transactions and three unbudgeted significant items. Each of these items is described

below at sections 7.4.1 and 7.4.2 of this report, along with the impact of the item and effect on remuneration outcomes at

section 7.4.3.

7.4 .1 Major transactions

In 2022 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its Urban Services strategy through restructuring, partnering,

acquisition and divestment.

Downer undertook five major unbudgeted transactions during 2022. These transactions were the acquisition of Fowlers Asphalting,

the exit of the Hospitality businesses, the divestments of the Mining businesses of Otraco and Open Cut Mining East, and the sale

of the Rosehill Asphalt Plant.

In accordance with its policy, the Board considered the impact of each major transaction on incentive outcomes and

determined that:

§The Fowlers Asphalting acquisition was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes

§The exit of Hospitality businesses was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes

§The divestment of the Otraco business was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes

§The divestment of the Open Cut Mining East business was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate

to adjust incentive outcomes

§The gain on sale of the Rosehill site was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes.

7.4 . 2 Significant items

During the year, three unbudgeted items had a significant impact. The Board considers such items at the end of each performance

period and whether it is appropriate to adjust for their impact on incentive outcomes.

The Board considered it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for the following items:

ItemDescription

Fair value adjustment on

the Downer Contingent

Share Options

In September 2020, Downer issued contingent share options as part of the consideration for its

acquisition of the remaining interests in Spotless.

The options are required to be remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. For 2022, the options

were revalued downwards by $3.7 million post-tax, resulting in an unbudgeted gain.

Issuing the securities in order to acquire the remaining interests in Spotless was considered to be

in the best interests of Downer.

It was determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

Bid costsDowner is in the process of tendering for the Queensland Train Manufacturing Program.

This opportunity was identified in the business planning process, however crystallised earlier

than expected. In order to secure this opportunity, it was necessary to incur bid costs of $12.7 million

(post-tax $8.9 million) which was unbudgeted in 2022.

Securing this opportunity is considered to be in the best interest of Downer. Accordingly, it was

determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

Credit risk loss

– Probuild

In November 2018, Downer entered contracts with Probuild Constructions (Australia) Pty Ltd

(Probuild) for the provision of mechanical and electrical services for the new Victoria Police building

in Melbourne. On 23 February 2022 Probuild entered voluntary administration and appointed

an Administrator.

Downer achieved Practical Completion of its services on 9 July 2020 with the defect liability

period ending on 9 July 2022. There are outstanding claims which are unpaid by Probuild, of which

post-tax $27.7 million has been recognised by Downer and recovery is now subject to risk due to

the administration.

The Board determined that no adjustment be made for this item.

43Directors’ Report |

7.4 . 3 Adjustments made to incentive calculations for major transactions and significant items
The Board determined that the following adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of major transactions and

significant items. The adjustments mean that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a result of the transactions and significant

items so that performance is measured against delivery of the Company’s budget and business plan.

MeasureAdjustmentImpact on STIImpact on LTI

N PATANet increase of $26.1 million comprised of:

§Exclusion of $3.7 million of fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share

Options (DCSO) liability

§Exclusion of net loss on exit of the Open Cut Mining East, Otraco and

Hospitality businesses, including the loss of operating earnings since the

divestment net of interest expense of $83.2 million (post-tax)

§Exclusion of operating earnings from Fowlers Asphalting net of transaction

costs and net interest expense of $2.2 million

§Exclusion of bid costs in relation to tendering for the Queensland Train

Manufacturing Program of $8.9 million (post-tax)

§Exclusion of the gain on sale of the Rosehill Asphalt Plant of

$60.1 million (post-tax).

No change.No change.

FFONet decrease of $104.5 million comprised of:

§Exclusion of $105.8 million proceeds from the divestment of the Open Cut

Mining East, Otraco and Hospitality businesses (net of transaction and other

exit costs) including the loss of operating cash since the divestment

§Exclusion of the cash flow impact on Fowlers Asphalting (transaction costs,

net interest expense, operating cash and payment for business acquisition)

of $18.4 million

§Exclusion of payment for bid costs in relation to tendering for the

Queensland Train Manufacturing Program of $8.9 million

§Exclusion of the net cash inflow impact of the sale of the Rosehill Asphalt

Plant of $26.0 million.

No change.No change.

EPSThe use of NPAT adjusted as set out above.Not applicable.No change.

TSRNo adjustments were made.Not applicable.Not applicable.

44

| Downer EDI Limited

The Board’s determination to adjust incentive outcomes for major transactions and significant items as set out in sections 7.4.1
and 7.4.2 did not impact incentive outcomes for executives as the earnings gate was not met.

The Board considered this outcome and whether it was appropriate.

The impact of widespread COVID-19 infections within the community and the restrictions placed on businesses and employees

by government was not anticipated at the time targets and forecasts for 2022 were set. Additionally, the prolonged and severe

wet weather patterns experienced throughout Australia’s eastern States have been debilitating and unprecedented. The impact

of COVID-19 and severe wet weather patterns materially impacted the Company’s financial performance.

Notwithstanding the difficulties presented during the period our staff and management responded outstandingly in highly

challenging circumstances, maximising outcomes for shareholders, protecting not only the performance of the Company but also

the communities in which Downer operates, all while delivering quality service outcomes for customers. If not for this ‘above and

beyond’ effort, Downer would not be in the strong position it is in today.

During the period the executive team continued to improve the Company by:

§Completing the exit of the Open Cut Mining East and Otraco businesses, delivering on the strategy to exit capital-intensive

businesses and significantly decreasing the Group’s carbon emissions profile

§Completing the exit of the Hospitality businesses, improving the Group’s resilience and reducing volatility

§Acquiring Fowlers Asphalting in Victoria’s Gippsland

§Completing the sale of our Rosehill Asphalt Plant and the construction of a world-leading replacement plant.

The Board assessed the impact of COVID-19 and severe wet weather on executive performance KPIs and formed the view that the

executive was likely to achieve at least target earnings performance in 2022, in the absence of those impacts.

After extensive deliberation of these issues and the Company’s financial and non-financial performance, the Board determined it

important and appropriate to exercise discretion to award an STI outcome of 65% for the executives, which is between threshold

and target. In keeping with policy, 50% of these awards are deferred.

In assessing the appropriate level of award the Board has balanced the challenging environment for shareholders and the strong

competition for talent and retention across Australia and New Zealand, which is unparalleled in recent years.

7.4.4 Future periods

For major transactions completed in 2022, the impact on operational performance is included in the 2023 budget and accordingly

no adjustments are expected in respect of FY23 operational performance.

7.5 Variations from policy

There were no variations from policy in 2022.

45Directors’ Report |

8. Executive Equity Ownership
8.1 Ordinary shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary sharesPerformance rights

Balance at

1 July 2021

No.

Net Change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2022

No.

Balance at

1 July 2021

No.

Net Change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2022

No.

G A Fenn2,049,772–2,049,772625,748276,744902,492

M J Ferguson92,69411,279103,973152,59173,031225,622

P J Tompkins286,004–286,004156,43769,185225,622

8.2 Options and rights

No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2021 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2022 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain

regulatory requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

During the year, the LTI plan for the 2022 financial year was approved as outlined in section 6.4 of this report, however grants of

performance rights have not yet been made to KMP, however they are expected to be made early in the 2023 financial year. This

means that grants in relation to 2022 and 2023 are expected to be made during the 2023 financial year.

Consistent with the ASX Listing Rules for the adjustment of the quantity of rights and options on issue at the time of new share

issues, the quantity of unlapsed rights granted to executives under the 2019 plan was adjusted by the ASX Adjustment Factor

of 0.9812 in respect of the bonus element of the accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer made during the 2021 year.

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights

that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2019 Plan2020 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn307, 573–100318,175––

M J Ferguson73,048–10079,543––

P J Tompkins76,894–10079,543––

1. Grant date 3 June 2019. Expiry date is 1 July 2022. The fair value of shares granted was $5.93 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $2.22 per share

for the TSR tranche.

2. Grant date 21 October 2020. Expiry date is 1 July 2023. The fair value of shares granted was $4.36 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.14 per share

for the TSR tranche.

46

| Downer EDI Limited

2021 Plan
Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn584,317––

M J Ferguson146,079––

P J Tompkins146,079––

1. Grant date 30 September 2021. Expiry date is 1 July 2024. The fair value of shares granted was $5.73 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.86 per share

for the TSR tranche.

The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares for the vesting year

202320242025

G A Fenn–318,175584,137

M J Ferguson–79,543146,079

P J Tompkins–79,543146,079

The maximum expense for performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in

accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period. In respect of the 2022 plan an estimated expense has

been recognised that will be trued up following formal valuation after the grants have been made.

202320242025

G A Fenn1, 507,4121,245,978500,000

M J Ferguson376,852311,494125,000

P J Tompkins376,852311,494125,000

8.3 Remuneration consultants

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to

KMP, but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1,

Part 1.2, 9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by KMP to whom the advice may relate, because

strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd and management,

and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

47Directors’ Report |

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts
9.1 Notice and termination payments

Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice

period by Downer

Termination notice

period by employee

Termination payments

payable under contract

Managing Director12 months6 months12 months

Other Executives12 months6 months12 months

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for

termination due to gross misconduct.

9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key

terms of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Te r mUntil terminated by either party.

Fixed

remuneration

$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to

reimbursement for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and

salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at

the Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year.

STI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and

targets developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people,

environmental and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board

also retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of

performance. The STI deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the

financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

LTI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed

remuneration calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half-yearly

results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.4.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with

performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already

been tested, have met performance requirements, and are subject to the completion of the service condition,

fully vest.

48

| Downer EDI Limited

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:
(a) By providing six months’ written notice; or

(b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities.

In these circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period

(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in

recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board,

his shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment

in lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past

services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the

Downer Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property,

moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate

governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits

to be made to Mr Fenn.

10. Related Party Information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties

Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee,

customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances

on an arm’s length basis and included:

§The receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited

§Participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan

§Terms and conditions of employment

§Reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group

on terms and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

49Directors’ Report |

11. Description of Non-executive Director Remuneration
11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors

with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this

is necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million

for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been

determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the

Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid to Non-executive Directors of comparable

companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The Chairman receives a fee of $410,625 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees) and superannuation. The other Non-executive

Directors each receive a base fee of $164,250 per annum. Additional fees are paid for Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair of the

Audit and Risk Committee; $27,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm Committee and Remuneration Committee, and $17,000

for the chair of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board

changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number

of meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector,

and the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to

recruit any additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

A review of fees was conducted in 2021. The review found that base fees paid to the Chairman and Non-executive Directors

remained appropriate however fees paid for chairing or serving as a member of a committee were below market levels. Accordingly,

as foreshadowed in the 2021 Remuneration Report, the following changes in fees were applied from 1 July 2021:

§Fees set at a fixed value inclusive of superannuation, rather than a fee plus superannuation at the superannuation guarantee rate

§Increase in the Chairman fees for the Remuneration Committee to $27,000 from $16,425

§Increase in the Chairman fees for the Zero Harm Committee to $27,000 from $16,425

§Increase in the Chairman fees for the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee to $17,000 from $16,425

§Introduction of fees for committee members at the rate of 50% of the respective committee Chairman fee.

50

| Downer EDI Limited

11.2 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration
The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2022 and 2021 financial years.

Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits

Ye a r

Board

fee

$

Committee

fee

$

To t a l

fees

$

Super-

annuation

$

Termination

benefits

$

To t a l

$

M P Chellew

1

2022302,736–302,73618,920–321,656

2021––––––

R M Harding

1

202293,324–93,3249,332–102,656

2021375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

M J Binns

1

202253,6402,34855,9881,345–57,333

2021––––––

P S Garling

1

2022149,31822,500171,81817,182–189,000

2021150,00013,750163,75015,556–179,306

T G Handicott2022149,31841,966191,28419,128–210,412

2021150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

N M Hollows2022149,31854,841204,15920,416–224,575

2021150,00035,000185,00017, 575–202,575

A M Howse

1

202237, 3 303,61740,9474,095–45,042

2021––––––

M J Menhinnitt

1

202249,7734,01753,7905,379–59,169

2021––––––

C G Thorne

1

2022––––––

20215,766–5,766548–6,314

P L Watson2022149,31857,421206,73920,674–2 27,413

2021150,00028 , 3 47178 , 3 4716,943–195,290

1. Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individual was a Non-executive Director.

11.3 Equity held by Non-executive Directors

The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2022 and 2021 financial years.

20222021

Balance at

1 July 2021Net change

Balance at

30 June 2022

1

Balance at

1 July 2020Net change

Balance at

30 June 2021

M P Chellew–18,00018,000–––

R M Harding34,028–34,02828,8565,17234,028

M J Binns––––––

P S Garling23,540–23,54019,9623,57823,540

T G Handicott20,0471,05321,10017,0003 ,04720,047

N M Hollows15,53810,00025,5383,00012,53815,538

A M Howse–5,0005,000–––

M J Menhinnitt–21,74821,748–––

P L Watson17,93 3–17,93 36,32911,60417,93 3

1. Balance at 30 June 2022 for R M Harding and P S Garling represents the number of shares held as at their retirement date.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors.

M P Chellew

Chairman

Sydney, 17 August 2022

51Directors’ Report |

Auditor’s Independence Declaration
for the year ended 30 June 2022

52

| Downer EDI Limited

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under

Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for

the financial year ended 30 June 2022 there have been:

i.no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the

Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

ii.no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

KPMG Nigel Virgo

Partner

Sydney

17 August 2022

Independent Auditor’s Report
for the year ended 30 June 2022

53Auditor’s Signed Reports |





KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.


Independent Auditor’s Report



To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report


Opinion

We have audited the Financial Report of

Downer EDI Limited (the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying

Financial Report of the Company is in

accordance with the Corporations Act

2001, including:

• giving a true and fair view of the

Group's financial position as at 30

June 2022 and of its financial

performance for the year ended on

that date; and

• complying with Australian

Accounting Standards and the

Corporations Regulations 2001.


The Financial Report comprises:

• Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30

June 2022

• Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other

comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of

changes in equity, and Consolidated statement of cash

flows for the year then ended

• Notes including a summary of significant accounting

policies

• Directors' Declaration.

The Group consists of Downer EDI Limited (the Company)

and the entities it controlled at the year end or from time to

time during the financial year.


Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the

audit of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical

requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for

Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of

the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements.

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022

54

| Downer EDI Limited






Key Audit Matters

The Key Audit Matters we identified

are:

• Recognition of revenue

• Value of goodwill


Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance in our

audit of the Financial Report of the current period.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of

the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming our opinion

thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these

matters.

Recognition of revenue

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue’ ($10,989.0m)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

Recognition of revenue is a key audit matter

due to the:

• Significance of revenue to the financial

statements

• Large number of contracts with

numerous estimation events potentially

occurring over the course of the

contract’s life. This results in complex and

judgemental revenue recognition from

rendering of services and construction

contracts and therefore significant audit

effort is required to gather sufficient audit

evidence for revenue recognition.

We focused on the Group’s assessment of

the following elements of revenue recognition

for rendering of services and construction

contracts, as applicable:

• Revisions to total expected costs for

certain events or conditions occurring

during the performance of the contract, or

are expected to occur to complete the

contract, which is difficult to estimate;

• The Group’s assessment of when a

modification to the contract scope and/or

price for variations and claims is approved

and enforceable. The Group’s

consideration of the enforceability or

approval may include evidence that is

written, oral or implied by customary

business practice and therefore requires a

degree of judgement. The Group’s

Our procedures included:

• We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

process of accounting for rendering of services

and construction contract revenues. We

considered the appropriateness of the Group’s

accounting policy for rendering of services and

construction contract revenues, including

variations and claims and variable consideration,

against the requirements of the accounting

standards. We tested key controls such as:

- Management’s review and approval of

information for key bids including estimated

project milestones, projected Earnings Before

Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value

(NPV), Return On Funds Employed (ROFE),

and potential legal risks;

- Management’s review of key contracts where

events or conditions have occurred that

require changes to revenue recognition;

- The Group’s requirement to obtain customer

acceptance prior to billing an invoice.

• We selected a statistical sample of revenue

recognised and checked to evidence of the service

being performed such as customer approval.

• We used data analytic routines to select a sample

of contracts for testing based on a number of

quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors

included contracts with significant deterioration in

margin, significant variations and claims or variable

consideration. We also included factors which

55Auditor’s Signed Reports |





assessment of the enforceability of

variations and claims can drive different

accounting treatments, increasing the risk

of inappropriately recognising revenue;

and

• The Group’s policy for the determination

of the amount of revenue recognised

from variable consideration which is

highly probable of not reversing. Variable

consideration is contingent on the

Group’s performance and includes key

performance payments, abatements

offsetting revenue under the contract and

liquidated damages. The Group's

determination that variable consideration

is highly probable requires a degree of

estimation and judgement. This increased

the audit effort we applied to gather

sufficient audit evidence.


indicated to us a greater level of judgement was

required by the Group when assessing the

revenue recognition based on the estimates

developed for current and forecast contract

performance. For the samples selected, where

relevant:

- we read the selected contract terms and

conditions to evaluate the individual

characteristics of each contract reflected in the

Group’s estimate of revenue;

- we assessed the estimation of total expected

costs, including cost contingencies for

contracting risks, by challenging the Group’s

project and finance managers on their

estimations. We also checked key forecast

cost assumptions to independent sources and

underlying documentation such as inflation,

Enterprise Bargaining Agreements for wage

rates, salary costs and agreements with

subcontractors;

- we evaluated the Group’s assessment of

when a modification to the contract scope

and/or price for variations and claims is

approved and enforceable. This included

assessing the underlying records, legal

documents, customer correspondence and

contracts. We recalculated the amount of

revenue using the modified features of the

contract. We compared the recalculated

amounts against the amounts recorded by the

Group;

- we assessed the Group’s estimation of the

highly probable amount of revenue for

variations and claims. This included comparing

underlying evidence such as correspondence

with customers, and reports from objective

time and cost claim experts (where applicable)

for consistency with contract terms;

- we evaluated the Group’s legal and external

experts’ reports received on contentious

matters to identify conditions indicating

inappropriate recognition of variations and

claims. We checked the consistency of this to

the inclusion or not of an amount in the

estimates used for revenue recognition;

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022

56

| Downer EDI Limited






- we assessed the scope, competency and

objectivity of the legal and external experts

engaged by the Group; and

• We evaluated the method applied by the Group to

estimate the highly probable amount of the key

performance payments, liquidated damages and

abatements against the specific contract terms.

This included gathering underlying evidence in

relation to the Group’s performance against the

terms of the contract. We then recalculated the

amount of variable consideration. We compared

the recalculated amounts to the amounts recorded

by the Group as offsets to revenue.



Value of goodwill

Refer to Note C7 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,285.0m)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

The value of goodwill is a key audit matter

due to the size of the balance (being 30.6% of

total assets) and the significant audit effort

arising from:

• The Group having 5 groups of Cash

Generating Units (CGUs) for which the

impairment of goodwill is assessed;

• The risk that a reasonably possible

unfavourable change in certain key

assumptions for the Facilities CGU in the

absence of mitigating factors, may result

in nil headroom for that CGU; and

• The Group reorganising its internal

reporting structure during the year,

necessitating our consideration of the

changes to the Group’s segments and

composition of the Group’s CGUs and the

level at which goodwill was assessed.

We focused on the following key forward

looking assumptions in the Group’s value in

use models:

• Forecast cash flows including revenue

growth rate and EBIT margin

improvement in the forecast years, with

greater focus on the Facilities CGU and

Our procedures included:

• We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

goodwill impairment assessment process and

tested key controls such as the review and

approval of the budget by management and the

Board.

• We considered the appropriateness of the value in

use method applied by the Group to perform the

annual test of goodwill for impairment against the

requirements of the accounting standards.

• We considered the Group’s determination of their

CGUs based on our understanding of the

operations of the Group and how independent

cash inflows were generated, against the

requirements of the accounting standards.

• We analysed the Group’s reorganised segments

and the Group’s internal reporting to assess the

Group’s monitoring and management of activities,

and the allocation of goodwill to Groups of CGUs.

• We assessed the integrity of the value in use

model used, including the accuracy of the

underlying calculation formulas.

• We obtained the Group’s value in use model and

checked amounts to the Board approved FY23

budget and the FY24-FY25 business plan. We

57Auditor’s Signed Reports |





the expected outcome of tenders and

contract renewals.

• Discount rates – these are complicated in

nature and vary according to the

conditions and environment the specific

CGU is subject to from time to time; and

• Long-term growth rates – certain

valuations for CGUs of the Group are

highly sensitive to changes in this

assumption.

Using forward-looking assumptions tends to

be prone to greater risk for potential bias,

error and inconsistent application. These

conditions necessitate additional scrutiny by

us, in particular to address the objectivity of

sources used for assumptions, and their

consistent application.

The significant judgement involved in key

assumptions required the involvement of

valuation specialists to supplement our senior

audit team members in assessing this key

audit matter.

challenged the Group’s projected cash flows by

comparing the budget and business plan to our

understanding of the business. We compared

actual performance in FY22 to the budget for

FY23. We also considered the revenue growth rate

and EBIT margin between FY22 and the terminal

year in the models through our sensitivity analysis.

• We considered the sensitivity of the models by

varying key assumptions including revenue growth

rate and EBIT margin, long-term growth rates and

discount rates, within a reasonably possible range.

We considered the interdependencies of key

assumptions when performing the sensitivity

analysis. We did this to identify those CGUs at

higher risk of impairment and those assumptions

at higher risk of bias or inconsistency in application

to focus our further procedures.

• We obtained independent economic views on the

expected revenue growth rates for the CGUs in

the forecast years to challenge the forecast

cashflows.

• For the Facilities CGU with a higher risk of

impairment we performed a range of sensitivity

analyses to identify those assumptions at higher

risk of bias or inconsistency in application. This

included the discount rate, long-term growth rate,

revenue growth rate and EBIT margin. We

assessed the inclusion of expected tender wins

and contract renewals by comparing to historical

win and renewal rates to inform this testing. We

considered the sensitivity of the models by varying

key assumptions within a reasonably possible

range.

• Working with our valuation specialists we:

o independently developed a discount rate

range using publicly available market data

for comparable entities, adjusted by risk

factors specific to the Group and the

industry it operates in; and

o independently assessed the long-term

growth rate for each of the CGUs against

publicly available data and compared this

to the Group’s assumption.

• We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the valuation of goodwill, by comparing

these disclosures to our understanding and the

requirements of the accounting standards.

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022

58

| Downer EDI Limited








Other Information

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting which

is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are responsible for

the Other Information.

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not

express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the

Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In

doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or

our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information,

and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of

this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:

• preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations Act 2001

• implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a

true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error

• assessing the Group and Company's ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the

going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters

related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to

liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objective is:

• to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and

• to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the

basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing

and Assurance Standards Board website at:

https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf. This description forms part of our

Auditor’s Report.

59Auditor’s Signed Reports |
Report on the Remuneration Report

Opinion

In our opinion, the Remuneration

Report of Downer EDI Limited for the

year ended 30 June 2022, complies

with Section 300A of the Corporations

Act 2001.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the

preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in

accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages

27 to 51 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June

2022.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

KPMG

Nigel Virgo Stephen Isaac

Partner Partner

Sydney

17 August 2022

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 61
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 62

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 63

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 64

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ Declaration 125

60

| Downer EDI Limited

Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2022

A

About this

report

Page 65-66

B

Business

performance

Page 67-80

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 81-95

D

Employee

benefits

Page 96-97

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 98-105

F

Group

structure

Page 106-116

G

Other

Page 117-124

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined

benefit plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Controlled entities

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Related party

information

G3

Other financial

assets and

liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Parent entity

disclosures

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Acquisition

of businesses

B6

Remuneration

of auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Reserves

F6

Disposal of

businesses

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Dividends

C8

Other provisions

C9

Contingent liabilities

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 June 2022

61Financial Statements |

Note

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

RevenueB210,989.011,530.2

Other incomeB2165.553.9

Total revenue and other income11,154.511,584.1

Employee benefits expenseD1(3,581.2)(3,859.5)

Subcontractor costs(4,430.5)(4 ,1 3 2 .7 )

Raw materials and consumables used(1,381.3)(1,594.6)

Plant and equipment costs(468.5)(590.2)

Depreciation on leased assetsC6(160.3)(180.6)

Other depreciation and amortisationC5,C7(181.9)(313.8)

Impairment of non-current assetsC5,C6,C7(42.0)(20.2)

Other expenses from ordinary activities(615.3)(579.9)

Total expenses(10,861.0)(11,271.5)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a)29.722.2

Earnings before interest and tax323.2334.8

Finance income2.44.2

Lease finance costs(22.0)(27.7 )

Other finance costs(65.8)(81 .4)

Net finance costs(85.4)(104.9)

Profit before income tax237. 8229.9

Income tax expenseB5(a)(85.8)(4 6 . 2)

Profit after income tax152.0183.7

Profit for the year is attributable to:

– Non-controlling interest0.42.1

– Members of the parent entity151.6181.6

Profit for the year152.0183.7

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

– Actuarial movement on net defined benefit plan obligationsD26.85.0

– Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations(2.1)(1.5)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

– Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations(16.9)1.1

– Net gain on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity2.41.4

– Net gain on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity41.18.4

– Change in fair value of unquoted equity investments0.2–

– Income tax effect of items above(13.0)(2.9)

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)18.511.5

Other comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

– Non-controlling interest(0.3)0.5

– Members of the parent entity18.811.0

Other comprehensive income for the year18.511.5

Total comprehensive income for the year170.5195.2

Earnings per share (cents)

Basic earnings per shareB421.325.4

Diluted earnings per shareB421.224.8

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the

accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 30 June 2022

62

| Downer EDI Limited

Note

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalentsC 1(c)738.5811.4

Trade receivables and contract assetsC21,953.02,121.0

Other financial assetsG328.262.7

InventoriesC3208.9254.2

Lease receivables–0.1

Current tax assets40.148.6

Prepayments and other assets59.363.7

Assets held for sale–41. 5

Total current assets3,028.03,403.2

Non-current assets

Trade receivables and contract assetsC2121.6109.2

Equity accounted investmentsF1(a)162.8155.1

Property, plant and equipmentC5924.4994.7

Right-of-use assetsC6436.2546.5

Intangible assetsC72 ,741.42,782.9

Other financial assetsG332.77. 8

Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b)3.865.3

Prepayments and other assets10.17.4

Total non-current assets4,433.04,668.9

Total assets7,461.08,072.1

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC42,208.12,363.0

BorrowingsE1–296.2

Lease liabilitiesE3132.4157.7

Other financial liabilitiesG326.449.0

Employee benefits provisionD1303.5353.6

Other provisionsC854.564.4

Current tax liabilities5.27. 9

Liabilities held for sale–17. 2

Total current liabilities2,730.13,309.0

Non-current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC446.534.2

BorrowingsE11,361.71,185.4

Lease liabilitiesE3411.5505.1

Other financial liabilitiesG35.018.3

Employee benefits provisionD118.735.3

Other provisionsC818.821.6

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b)34.75.8

Total non-current liabilities1,896.91,805.7

Total liabilities4 ,627.05,114.7

Net assets2,834.02 , 957.4

EQUITY

Issued capitalE52,660.22,802.6

ReservesE612.1(31.2)

Retained earnings161.7181.5

Parent interests2,834.02,952.9

Non-controlling interest–4.5

Total equity2,834.02 , 957.4

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2022

63Financial Statements |

2022

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 20212,802.6 (31.2)181.5 2,952.9 4.5 2 ,957. 4

Profit after income tax– – 151.6 151.6 0.4 152.0

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)– 18.8 – 18.8 (0.3)18.5

Total comprehensive income for the year– 18.8 151.6 170.4 0.1 170.5

Vested executive incentive share transactions0.2 (0.2)– – – –

Vested Downer Contingent Share Options

(i)

– 16.0 – 16.0 – 16.0

Share-based employee benefits expense– 4.2 – 4.2 – 4.2

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year– (2.7)– (2.7)– (2.7)

Group on-market share buy-back(142.6)– – (142.6)– (142.6)

Disposal of business– 7. 2 – 7. 2 (4.6)2.6

Payment of dividends

(ii)

– – (171.4)(171.4)– (171.4)

Balance at 30 June 20222,660.2 12.1 161.7 2,834.0 – 2,834.0

(i) On 24 August 2021, the Target Price Condition of Tranche 1 of the Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) was satisfied resulting in 2,499,264 shares exercised

at $6.382 per share.

(ii) Relates to the 2021 final dividend, 2022 interim dividend and $5.9 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

2021

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 20202,429.7 (47.7 )68.8 2,450.8 144.2 2,595.0

Profit after income tax– – 181.6 181.6 2.1 183.7

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)– 11.0 – 11.0 0.5 11.5

Total comprehensive income for the year– 11.0 181.6 192.6 2.6 195.2

Capital raising (net of transaction costs and tax)393.2 – – 393.2 – 393.2

Vested executive incentive share transactions4.5 (4 . 5 )– – – –

Share-based employee benefits expense– (0.4)– (0.4)– (0.4)

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year– 1.2 – 1.2 – 1.2

Group on-market share buy-back(24.8)– – (24.8)– (24.8)

Acquisition of non-controlling interest (net of tax)– 9.2 – 9.2 (140.9)(131.7)

Payment of dividends

(i)

– – (68.9)(68.9)(1 .4)(70.3)

Balance at 30 June 20212,802.6 (31.2)181.5 2,952.9 4.5 2 ,957. 4

(i) Relates to the 2021 interim dividend and $5.8 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 June 2022

64

| Downer EDI Limited

Note

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers12 ,416.312,988.8

Payments to suppliers and employees(11,845.2)(12,173. 2)

Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a) 21.9 11.6

Net cash generated by operating cash flow before interest and tax593.0827.2

Interest received2.2 2.9

Interest paid on lease liabilities(22.0)(27.7 )

Interest and other costs of finance paid(61.9)(73.8)

Income tax paid(15.9)(19.9)

Net cash generated by operating activitiesC1(a)495.4 708.7

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment99.6 69.6

Payments for property, plant and equipment(243.3)(250.2)

Payments for intangible assets(36.5)(28 .4)

Payment to acquire remaining shares in NCI

(i)

– (134.5)

Payments of deferred consideration on acquisition of businessesF5 (0.1)(14.3)

Payments for acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)F5 (24.0)–

Proceeds from sale of business (net of cash disposed)F6 245.4 395.9

Proceeds from sale of equity accounted investments– 20.2

Investment in equity accounted and other investments( 7.5)(9.8)

Advances from/(to) equity accounted investments4.8 (5.9)

Purchases of assets as a lessor– (6.7)

Net cash generated by investing activities38.4 35.9

Cash flows from financing activities

Group on-market share buy-backE5 (142.6)(24.8)

Proceeds from issue of shares (net of costs)– 390.4

Proceeds from borrowings11,413.0 6,653.0

Repayments of borrowings(11,535.6)( 7,193 .7 )

Payment of principal of lease liabilitiesC 1(b) (163.6)(194.5)

Dividends paid(171.4)(153.6)

Net cash used in financing activities(600.2)(523.2)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents(66.4)221.4

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year811.4 588.5

Effect of exchange rate changes(6.5)1.5

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the yearC 1(c) 738.5 811.4

(i) Represents the amount paid on 7 October 2020 when the Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 12.198% interest in Spotless.

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.

Statement of compliance
These financial statements represent the consolidated results

of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848).

The consolidated Financial Report (Financial Report) is a

general purpose financial report which has been prepared in

accordance with Australian Accounting Standards adopted by

the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by

the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board

of Directors on 17 August 2022.

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC

Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports)

Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts

in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded

off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one

place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of

dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown

as $- represent amounts less than $50,000 which have been

rounded down.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in

exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian

dollars, unless otherwise noted.

Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to

ensure consistency with the classification in the 30 June 2021

Financial Report.

The accounting policies used in the preparation of the

Financial Report are consistent with those adopted and

disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the financial year

ended 30 June 2021, except in relation to the relevant new and

amended accounting standards adopted by the Group and their

effects on the current period or prior periods as described in

Note G1.

Accounting estimates and judgements

Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to

make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future

events. Information on material estimates and judgements

considered when applying the accounting policies can be found

in the following notes:

Accounting estimates

and judgementsNote Page

Revenue recognitionB273

Recovery of deferred tax assetsB578

Income taxesB578

Credit riskC284

Useful lives and residual valuesC5 to C786, 87, 90

Impairment of assetsC790

Other provisionsC894

Employee benefits obligationsD196

Valuation of the defined benefit

plan assets and obligationsD297

Lease liabilitiesE3101

Acquisition of businessesF5113

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

for the year ended 30 June 2022

A

About this report

65Notes to the consolidated financial statements |

66
| Downer EDI Limited

A. About this report – continued

Significant accounting policies

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that

ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the

concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the

substance of the underlying transactions or other events is

reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained

in the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation

The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements

of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its

subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed

to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with

the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results of

each subsidiary from the date on which the Company obtains

control and until such time as the Company ceases to control

such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances

and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the

consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

(ii) Foreign currency

Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting

date using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

TransactionsDate of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

Non-monetary assets and

liabilities carried at fair value

Date fair value

is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are

recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and

Other Comprehensive Income, except for qualifying cash flow

hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of

foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using

the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

Income and expensesAverage exchange rate

Assets and liabilitiesReporting date

EquityHistorical date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are

initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve

and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal

of the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwind

of discounts on provisions, cost to establish financing facilities

(which are expensed over the term of the facility), losses on

ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit

or loss and finance lease charges.

B
Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during

the financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information

B2. Revenue

B3. Individually significant items

B4. Earnings per share

B5. Taxation

B6. Remuneration of auditor

B7. Subsequent events

67Notes to the consolidated financial statements |

B1. Segment information

Identification of reportable segments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages

in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur

expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively

allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the

internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO

in assessing performance and in determining the allocation

of resources. The operating segments are identified by the

Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete

financial information about each of these operating businesses

is reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of

operating segments determined by the similarity of the services

provided, the sources of the Group’s major risks that could

therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return and

their quantitative contribution to the Group’s results.

During the year, the composition of business units within

operating segments were realigned to better reflect how the

Group’s chief operating decision maker assesses performance

and allocates Group resources. As a result, the Asset Services

business unit (previously reported as part of the Engineering,

Construction and Maintenance (EC&M) segment) was

reallocated to the Facilities segment. The Mining business unit

(previously a separate reportable segment) and the Engineering

and Construction business unit (previously reported as part

of the EC&M segment), have been included within All other

segments following the reduction in their contribution to the

Group’s performance following divestments and wind-down of

contracts. The new structure aligns the segment reporting with

Downer’s end markets and management reporting structure.

The Group has restated the previously reported segment

information for the year ended 30 June 2021.

68
| Downer EDI Limited

B1. Segment information – continued

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined as follows:

SegmentSegment description

TransportComprises the Group’s road services, transport infrastructure and rail businesses. Downer’s road and transport

infrastructure services include: road network management; routine road maintenance; asset management

systems; spray sealing; asphalt laying; manufacture and supply of bitumen-based products and asphalt products;

the use of recycled products and environmentally sustainable methods to produce asphalt; landfill diversion

solutions; intelligent transport systems; design and construction of light rail and heavy rail networks; signalling;

track and station works; rail safety technology; and bridges. The Rail business spans all light rail and heavy rail

sectors, from rollingstock to infrastructure; from design and manufacture to through-life-support including fleet

maintenance, operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water and telecommunications businesses. This includes: planning, designing,

constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network assets; providing

complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including water and wastewater

treatment, network construction and rehabilitation; and end-to-end technology and communications solutions

including design, civil construction, network construction, operations and maintenance across fibre, copper and

radio networks.

FacilitiesFacilities operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services to customers across

a diverse range of industry sectors including: defence; education; government; healthcare; resources; leisure;

assets services and hospitality. Facilities provides technical and engineering services; maintenance and

asset management services including shutdowns, turnaround and outage delivery; operations maintenance,

refrigeration solutions and ongoing management of strategic assets across a range of sectors. It also provides

feasibility studies; engineering design; procurement and construction; commissioning and decommissioning

services; and design and manufacture of mineral process equipment as well as building and construction

solutions across a variety of sectors in New Zealand. 70% of the laundries business was disposed of on

31 March 2021.

All other

segments

Include the Group’s Mining and Engineering and Construction operating segments. The Mining divestment

is complete with Otraco and Open Cut Mining East disposed of during the financial year ended 30 June

2022 while Snowden, RTL JV, Open Cut Mining West, Underground and Downer Blasting Services have been

disposed of during the year ended 30 June 2021. There is no contribution from Engineering and Construction

in FY22 as Downer no longer tenders for construction contracts in the coal, iron ore and industrial Electrical &

Instrumentation and Structural, Mechanical and Piping sectors.

69Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
2022

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income4,959.61,769.7 4,159.6 248.2 17. 411,154.5

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

762.1 – 1.6 – 68.9 832.6

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(i)

5,721.71,769.7 4,161.2 248.2 86.311,987.1

Share of net profit from joint ventures

and associates34.6 – 0.1 – (5.0)29.7

Depreciation and amortisation185.0 28.8 56.2 19.7 52.5 342.2

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA) 254.6 73.7 163.3 8.1 (141.7)358.0

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(4.4)(0.3)(5.7)– (24.4)(34.8)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)250.2 73.4 157.6 8.1 (166.1)323.2

Net finance costs(85.4)

Total profit before income tax237. 8

Acquisition of segment assets247. 8 8.4 14.1 7.6 32.5 310.4

Segment assets3,236.3 873.2 2,758.3 5.5 587.7 7,461.0

Segment liabilities1,348.9 460.5 1,064.6 12.8 1,740. 2 4 ,627.0

Carrying value of equity accounted investees134.4 – – – 28.4 162.8

2021 (restated)

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income4,658.2 1,881.7 3,566.71,455.921.6 11,584.1

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

6 37.0 – 5.6 7. 5 – 650.1

Total revenue including joint ventures and

other income

(i)

5,295.2 1,881.7 3,572.31,463.421.6 12,234.2

Share of net profit from joint ventures

and associates22.0 – (0.1)0.3 – 22.2

Depreciation and amortisation168.5 34.8 99.3 111.0 80.8 494.4

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA) 250.2 94.8 184.0 41. 5 (169.5)401.0

Amortisation of acquired intangibles( 7. 3)(0.7)(8.6)– (4 9 . 6)(66. 2)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)242.9 94.1 175.4 41. 5 (219.1)334.8

Net finance costs(104.9)

Total profit before income tax229.9

Acquisition of segment assets199.9 16.2 47.0 44.8 30.2 338.1

Segment assets3,178.4 971.9 2,380.5 767. 3 7 74.0 8,072.1

Segment liabilities1,628.0 415 . 5 842.6 291.4 1, 937. 2 5,114.7

Carrying value of equity accounted investees121.7 – – – 33.4 155.1

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

70
| Downer EDI Limited

B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment EBIT to net profit after tax:

Note

Segment results

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Segment EBIT489.3 553.9

Unallocated:

Fair value movement on DCSO liabilityB3 3.7 (16.6)

Divestments and exit costsB3 (75.8)–

Portfolio restructure costsB3 ( 7.6)–

Probuild credit lossB3 (34.6)–

Bid costsB3 (12.7)–

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipmentB3 85.8 –

SaaS arrangementsB3 – (14.0)

Laundries divestmentB3 – (16.2)

Mining divestment B3 – (19.5)

Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(24.4)(4 9 . 6)

Corporate costs(100.5)(103.2)

Total unallocated(166.1)(219.1)

Earnings before interest and tax323.2 334.8

Net finance costs(85.4)(104.9)

Profit before income tax237. 8 229.9

Income tax expenseB5(a) (85.8)(4 6 . 2)

Profit after income tax152.0 183.7

Segment assets by geographical location

Segment assets

Non-current

(ii)

Acquisition of

segment assets

Non-current

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3 ,747. 23,925.5 255.6 271.9

New Zealand and Pacific521.8 554.3 54.3 65.7

Rest of the world0.5 6.8 0.5 0.5

To t a l4,269.54,486.6 310.4 338.1

(i) Assets are allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

(ii) Total of non-current assets other than deferred tax assets, financial instruments, post-employment benefit assets and trade and other receivables.

71Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
B2. Revenue

Revenue and other income

2022

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Rendering of services2,758.5 1,758.3 3,382.8 241.9 – 8,141.5

Construction contracts

(i)

1,842.7 – 720.1 – – 2,562.8

Sale of goods213.6 4.0 43.1 0.7 – 261.4

Total revenue from contracts

with customers4,814.8 1,762.3 4,146.0 242.6 – 10,965.7

Other revenue6.9 0.5 0.7 6.2 9.0 23.3

Total revenue4,821.7 1,762.8 4,146.7 248.8 9.0 10,989.0

Government grants

(ii)

8.2 6.0 4.0 – – 18.2

Insurance recoveries4.0 – 5.6 – 3.3 12.9

Gain/(loss) on sale of property,

plant and equipment120.6 0.5 0.3 (0.5)1.2 122.1

Other5.1 0.4 3.0 (0.1)3.9 12.3

Other income137.9 6.9 12.9 (0.6)8.4 165.5

Total revenue and other income4,959.6 1,769.7 4,159.6 248.2 17. 4 11,154.5

Share of sales revenue from joint

ventures and associates

(iii)

762.1 – 1.6 – 68.9 832.6

Total revenue including joint

ventures and other income

(iii)

5,721.7 1,769.7 4,161.2 248.2 86.3 11,987.1

2021 (restated)

(iv)


$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Rendering of services2,908.8 1,687. 2 2,805.0 1,156.6 0.1 8 , 5 57.7

Construction contracts1,540.6 188.3 695.5 251.7 – 2,676.1

Sale of goods188.8 5.0 57.7 27. 5 – 279.0

Total revenue from contracts

with customers4,638.2 1,880.5 3,558.2 1,435.8 0.1 11,512.8

Other revenue4.8 0.2 0.1 7.4 4.9 17.4

Total revenue4,643.0 1,880.7 3,558.3 1,443.2 5.0 11,530.2

Government grants

(ii)

0.3 0.3 4.4 – – 5.0

Gain on divestments of equity

accounted investee– – 0.9 10.7 – 11.6

Insurance recoveries10.2 – – – 13.6 23.8

Other4.7 0.7 3.1 2.0 3.0 13.5

Other income15.2 1.0 8.4 12.7 16.6 53.9

Total revenue and other income4,658.2 1,881.7 3,566.7 1,455.9 21.6 11,584.1

Share of sales revenue from joint

ventures and associates

(iii)

6 37.0 – 5.6 7. 5 – 650.1

Total revenue including joint

ventures and other income

(iii)

5,295.2 1,881.7 3,572.3 1,463.4 21.6 12,234.2

(i) Downer has updated the definition of ‘construction’ for the purposes of this disclosure to be consistent with published external information relating to services and

construction work-in-hand.

(ii) Government grants represents incentives received under the New Zealand Government’s wage subsidy scheme, COVID leave support scheme available to eligible

businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as well as in relation to the New Zealand Government’s Apprentice Boost Scheme.

(iii) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

(iv) Revenue disclosures have been restated for the change in Operating Segments detailed in Note B1.

72
| Downer EDI Limited

B2. Revenue – continued

Revenue from contracts with customers by geographical location

2022

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3,568.01,265.0 3,070.9 229.0 – 8,132.9

New Zealand and Pacific1,246.8 497. 3 1,048.8 – – 2,792.9

Rest of the world– – 26.3 13.6 – 39.9

Total revenue from contracts

with customers4,814.81,762.3 4,146.0 242.6 – 10,965.7

2021 (restated)

(ii)


$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities

All other

segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3,353.8 1,318.0 2,884.41,384.90.1 8 , 941. 2

New Zealand and Pacific1,284.4 562.5 673.8 – – 2,520.7

Rest of the world– – – 50.9 – 50.9

Total revenue from contracts

with customers4,638.2 1,880.5 3,558.21,435.80.1 11,512.8

(i) Revenue is allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

(ii) Revenue disclosures have been restated for the change in Operating Segments detailed in Note B1.

Recognition and measurement

Revenue

The Group recognises revenue when a customer obtains control

of the goods or services, in accordance with AASB 15 Revenue

from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15). Revenue is measured

at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Determining the timing of the transfer of control – at a point in

time or over time – requires judgement. Revenue is recognised

if it meets the criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services

The Group primarily generates service revenue from the

following activities:

§Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure

§Utilities infrastructure maintenance services (gas, power

and water)

§Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the

telecommunications sector

§Industrial plant maintenance

§Rollingstock maintenance and rail asset

management services

§Engineering and consultancy services

§Facilities management

§Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance

services, tyre management and blasting.

Typically, under the performance obligations of service

contracts, the customer consumes and receives the benefit

of the service as it is provided. As such, service revenue is

recognised over time as the services are provided.

(ii) Construction contracts

The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates

its construction contracts are predominantly derived from

projects containing one performance obligation. Under these

performance obligations, customers either simultaneously

receive and consume the benefits as the Group performs them

or performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer

controls as the asset is created or enhanced. Therefore,

contracted revenue is recognised over time based on stage

of completion of the contract.

(iii) Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the customer

obtains control of goods.

(iv) Other revenue

Other revenue primarily includes rental income.

(v) Other income

Other income primarily includes insurance recoveries,

government grants and gains on sale of property, plant

and equipment.

Insurance recoveries relate to insurance refunds received

for claims lodged that met the recoverability criteria of being

‘virtually certain’ following confirmation of indemnity received

from insurers.

Government grants relate to income received under the

New Zealand Government’s Wage Subsidy Scheme, COVID

leave support scheme available to eligible businesses that were

adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as well as in

relation to the New Zealand Government’s apprentice boost

scheme. The Group elects to present these subsidies in ‘Other

income’ as allowed under AASB 120 Accounting for Government

grants and disclosure of Government assistance.

73Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment primarily relates

to the compulsory acquisition of Downer’s land at Rosehill.

For more details, see Note B3.

Contract modifications

For services and construction contracts, revenue from variations

and claims is recognised to the extent they are approved or

enforceable under the contract. The amount of revenue is then

recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

reversal of revenue will not occur.

In making this assessment, the Group considers a number

of factors including nature of the claim, formal or informal

acceptance by the customer of the validity of the claim, stage

of negotiations, or the historical outcome of similar claims

to determine whether the enforceable and ‘highly probable’

threshold has been met.

Revenue in relation to modifications, such as a change in the

scope of the contract, will only be included in the transaction

price when it is approved by the parties to the contract or the

modification is enforceable and the amount becomes highly

probable. Modifications may also be recognised when client

instruction has been received in line with customary business

practice for the customer.

Contract costs (tender costs)

Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are expensed,

unless they are incremental to obtaining the contract and

the Group expects to recover those costs or where they are

explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether

the contract is obtained.

Performance obligations and contract duration

Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and

recognised as the performance obligation is satisfied which

may be at a point in time or over time.

AASB 15 requires a granular approach to identify the different

revenue streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by

identifying the different activities that are being undertaken

and then aggregating only those where the different activities

are significantly integrated or highly interdependent. Revenue

will be recognised, on certain contracts over time, as a single

performance obligation when the services are part of a series

of distinct goods and services that are substantially integrated

with the same pattern of transfer.

AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which

revenue may be recognised and is limited to the period for

which the parties have enforceable rights and obligations. When

the customer can terminate a contract for convenience (without

a substantive penalty), the contract term and related revenue is

limited to the termination period.

The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to

not adjust the total consideration over the contract term for

the effect of a financing component if the period between

the transfer of services to the customer and the customer’s

payment for these services is expected to be one year or less.

Measure of progress

The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress

that best reflects the Group’s performance in satisfying

the performance obligation within the contracts over time.

The different methods of measuring progress include an

input method (e.g. costs incurred) or an output method (e.g.

milestones reached). The same method of measuring progress

will be consistently applied to similar performance obligations.

Variable consideration

Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s

performance, including key performance payments, liquidated

damages and abatements that offset revenue under the

contract, is recognised only when it is highly probable that

a reversal of that revenue will not occur.

In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined

to be a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially

the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the

customer (e.g. maintenance services), variable consideration is

recognised in the period/(s) in which the series of distinct goods

or services subject to the variable consideration are completed.

Loss-making contracts

Loss-making contracts are recognised under AASB 137

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

as onerous contracts.

Key estimate and judgement: Revenue recognition

Stage of completion

Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs.

Modifications

When a contract modification exists and the Group has an approved enforceable right to payment, revenue in relation to claims

and variations is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable becomes highly probable. Management uses

judgement in determining whether an approved enforceable right exists.

Variable consideration

Determining the amount of variable consideration requires an estimate based on either the ‘expected value’ or the ‘most likely

amount’. The estimate of variable consideration can only be recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

revenue reversal will not occur in future.

Changes in these estimates or judgements could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

74
| Downer EDI Limited

B3. Individually significant items

The following material items of expense, forming part of the unallocated segment are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s

financial performance:

2022

$’m

Fair value

movement

on DCSO

liability

Divestments

and exit

costs

Portfolio

restructure

costs

Probuild

credit

lossBid costs

Gain

on sale

of PP&ETo t a l

Revenue and other income(3.7) – – – (4.0) (104.8)(112.5)

Loss on disposal of businesses– 17. 3 – – – – 17. 3

Impairment of non-current assets– 38.8 – – – – 38.8

Employee benefits expense– 6.8 7.6 – 4.3 – 18.7

Subcontractors costs– – – – 12.2 – 12.2

Other expenses from

ordinary activities–12.9 – 34.6 0.2 19.0 66.7

Loss/(profit) before interest

and tax(3.7)75.8 7.6 34.6 12.7 (85.8)41.2

Income tax (benefit)/expense– (5.0)(2.3)(6.9)(3.8)25.7 7.7

Loss/(profit) after income tax(3.7)70.8 5.3 27.7 8.9 (60.1)48.9

Fair value movement on Downer Contingent

Share Options (DCSO) liability

As part of the consideration to acquire the shares in Spotless

that it did not already own, the Group granted three tranches

of 2.5 million share options to the previous minority interest

shareholders which are exercisable within four years of issue

on achievement of three prescribed share price targets (the

Downer Contingent Share Options or DCSO). The fair value at

issue date of these options was recognised as a liability arising

on the acquisition of the shares. The DCSO are classified as a

liability, with subsequent changes in the fair value recognised

in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income. Since 30 June 2021, the fair value

of the DCSO has decreased by $3.7 million, which has been

recognised in ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated Statement

of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income during

the year. This income is primarily driven by the decrease in

Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05

at 30 June 2022.

Divestments and exit costs

The divestment program has been completed following the

disposal of Otraco on 1 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut

Mining East (OCE) on 17 December 2021, and the exit from a

number of Hospitality contracts. Assets previously utilised by

those businesses which will no longer be utilised by the Group

have been written off. The material elements of divestment and

exit costs include:

§$17.3 million net pre-tax loss (including disposal costs) from

the disposal of Otraco and OCE. Refer to Note F6.

§$58.5 million pre-tax exit costs, relating to impairments of IT

infrastructure and applications ($25.5 million), impairment of

right-of-use assets and leasehold improvements for leased

properties ($13.3 million); and inventory write-offs and other

exit costs totalling $19.7 million.

§A net income tax benefit of $5.0 million arising on divestment

and exit costs. This is comprised of an income tax benefit

of $22.6 million on divestment costs offset in part by

income tax expense of $17.6 million on derecognition of

deferred tax balances in the AE Smith Construction tax-

consolidated group due to a change in strategic direction

of these companies.

Portfolio restructure costs

As a result of the divestment program, Downer has reduced

management overhead with restructuring costs of $7.6 million

expensed during the year.

Probuild credit loss

In November 2018, the Group entered into contracts with

Probuild Constructions (Australia) Pty Ltd (Probuild) as a

subcontractor for the provision of mechanical and electrical

services for the new Victoria Police building in Melbourne. On

23 February 2022 Probuild entered into voluntary administration

and appointed an Administrator. The Practical Completion of

services was achieved on 9 July 2020.

There are outstanding claims which are unpaid by Probuild,

of which approximately $29.4 million had previously been

recognised as a contract asset by the Group. Recovery is now

subject to risk due to the administration. The total expense

recognised in the year of $34.6 million includes the impairment

of this contract asset, trade receivables balances as well as legal

costs incurred.

The net income tax benefit arising on the Probuild credit loss

is $6.9 million. No income tax benefit has been recognised on

unrecoverable Probuild costs in the AE Smith Construction tax-

consolidated group as a consequence of the change in strategic

direction of these companies.

75Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Bid costs

Downer is in the process of tendering for the State of

Queensland Train Manufacturing Program, for which a net

$12.7 million in bid costs were expensed during the year.

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Downer received notice from Sydney Metro of its intention

to compulsorily acquire Downer’s land at 1A Unwin Street,

Rosehill for the purposes of the Sydney Metro West project.

The site was used to operate Downer’s primary Asphalt and

recycling operations in Sydney.

Sydney Metro and Downer reached agreement under the

Land Acquisition (Just Terms Compensation) Act on the

compensation payable to Downer for the acquisition.

The transaction has resulted in Sydney Metro reimbursing

Downer, on a like-for-like basis, for the actual costs incurred on

the construction and commissioning of a replacement facility.

Downer has completed the construction of replacement facility,

also in Rosehill, without any disruptions to its operations.

The difference between the historical written-down book

value of the existing facility, the reimbursement of costs

for the replacement facility and relocation costs has been

recognised as a $60.1 million after-tax gain for the year ended

30 June 2022.

2021

The Group recognised the following items as individually significant items as at 30 June 2021:

2021

$’m

Fair value

movement on

DCSO liability

Termination of

Spotless

financing

arrangements

Software-

as-a-Service

(SaaS)

arrangements

Mining

divestments

Laundries

divestmentTo t a l

Loss on disposal of businesses

(i)

– – – 7.1 16.2 23.3

Gain on divestment of equity

accounted investee– – – (10.7)– (10.7)

Depreciation and amortisation– – (3.6)– – (3.6)

Impairment of non-current assets– – – 20.2 – 20.2

Other expenses from ordinary activities16.6 – 17.6 2.9 – 37.1

Loss before interest and tax16.6 – 14.0 19.5 16.2 66.3

Other finance costs– 4.3 – – – 4.3

Income tax benefit– (1.3)(4 .1)(17. 5)(16.5)(3 9.4)

Loss/(profit) after income tax16.6 3.0 9.9 2.0 (0.3)31.2

(i) Refer to Note F6 for additional information on disposal of businesses.

Fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share

Options (DCSO) liability

Since grant date, and primarily driven by the movement

in Downer’s share price from $4.30 at grant date to $5.59

at 30 June 2021, the fair value of the DCSO increased by

$16.6 million, which has been expensed through ‘Other

expenses’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

and Other Comprehensive Income.

Termination of Spotless financing arrangements

Following the purchase of the Non-Controlling Interest (NCI)

in Spotless, the Group extinguished the Spotless financing

arrangements. As a result, the unamortised deferred financing

costs related to the extinguished facilities were immediately

written-off to the ‘Other finance costs’ line in the Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income,

with the tax effect of $1.3 million being credited to the income

tax expense line.

Mining divestments

The divestment program for the Mining division has resulted

in a number of material transactions netting to a pre-tax

$19.5 million expense. These include:

§$7.1 million representing the net loss made from the disposal

of Open Cut Mining West, Downer Blasting Services,

Underground and Snowden businesses. This individually

significant item is disclosed as part of ‘Other expenses from

ordinary activities’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or

Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

§$10.7 million gain on the divestment of the equity accounted

investment in RTL JV. This individually significant item is

disclosed as part of ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

§$20.2 million impairment charge to adjust the carrying value

of the property, plant and equipment and other assets of the

Open Cut Mining West business to its expected recoverable

value on the earlier classification of this business as a

Disposal group held for sale

§$2.9 million representing transaction, redundancies and other

costs incurred as part of the divestment program.

76
| Downer EDI Limited

B3. Individually significant items – continued

The net income tax benefit arising on the Mining divestments

is $17.5 million. This is comprised of a tax benefit of $5.4 million

attributable to net non-taxable accounting gains on divestments

and a net tax benefit of $5.9 million arising on associated

divestment costs. A tax benefit of $6.2 million has also been

recognised in respect of previously unbooked capital losses

used to offset capital gains arising on the Mining divestments.

Laundries divestment

On 31 March 2021, the Group completed the share sale of

70% of Spotless’ Laundries business to Adamantem Capital

(Adamantem) and recognised a 30% interest in the remaining

Laundries business as an equity accounted investment (refer

to Note F1(a)). The transaction resulted in a pre-tax loss of

$16.2 million net of transaction costs and stamp duty costs

incurred. This individually significant item is disclosed as part

of ‘Other expenses from ordinary activities’ in the Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

The net income tax benefit arising on the Laundries divestment

is $16.5 million. This is primarily comprised of a tax benefit

of $12.8 million in respect of capital losses arising on the

divestment and a net tax benefit of $3.7 million arising on

associated divestment costs.

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

The IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) issued an agenda

decision in April 2021 which impacts whether a customer

can recognise an intangible asset in relation to configuration

or customisation of cloud computing arrangements (CCA),

specifically for Software-as-a-Service (SaaS). The Group’s

accounting policy had historically been to capitalise costs

related to the configuration and customisation of SaaS

arrangements as intangible assets in the Statement of

Financial Position.

Downer used SaaS across a range of businesses and functions.

Following the adoption of the above IFRIC agenda decision,

current SaaS arrangements were identified and assessed

to determine if the Group has control of the software. For

those arrangements where control does not exist, the Group

derecognised the intangible previously capitalised. The

adoption of the above agenda decisions has resulted in

recognition of costs to configure SaaS arrangements as a pre-

tax expense of $14.0 million in the Consolidated Statement of

Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in the year.

Following the implementation of the IFRIC interpretation around

SaaS arrangements in FY21, the interpretation now forms part

of the Group’s recurring accounting treatment for these costs

(refer to Note C7).

B4. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-

average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

2022 2021

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)151.6 181.6

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’m)(5.9)(5.8)

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)145.7 175.8

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i)

684.2 692.9

Basic earnings per share (cents)21.3 25.4

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted earnings per share is based on the following profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the

weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

2022 2021

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)151.6 181.6

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

– Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i)

684.2 692.9

– WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)

(ii)

32.2 38.0

WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s)716.4 730.9

Diluted earnings per share (cents)21.2 24.8

(i) The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect of on-market share buy-back and the unvested executive incentive shares.

(ii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value

of ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $180.4 million (2021: $186.2 million), divided

by the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms,

which was $5.60 (2021: $4.90).

77Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
B5. Taxation

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense

The prima facie income tax expense on the pre-tax result for the year reconciles to the income tax expense in the financial

statements as follows:

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Profit before income tax237. 8 229.9

Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate71.3 69.0

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(1.8)(2.6)

Non-deductible expenses4.1 5.6

Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates(6.8)(5.2)

Non-assessable income(3.9)–

Tax effect of divestments–(17.1)

Tax effect of previously unrecognised capital losses(2.6)(6. 2)

Derecognition of temporary differences17.6 –

Other items3.7 0.9

Under provision of income tax in previous year4.2 1.8

Total income tax expense85.8 46.2

Current tax expense23.9 36.7

Deferred tax expense61.9 9.5

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable

profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

Recognition and measurement

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit

or tax loss for the period; this is calculated using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the

reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets

and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible

temporary differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax offsets, to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits

will be available to utilise them.

However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for:

§Temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business

combination which affects neither taxable income nor accounting profit

§Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures to the extent that the Group

is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the

foreseeable future

§Temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets for temporary differences, including tax losses, of $17.6 million in relation to the AE Smith Construction tax-

consolidated group have been derecognised in the year following an assessment that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable

profits will be available against which these will be utilised due to a change in strategic direction of these companies.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is

utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

78
| Downer EDI Limited

B5. Taxation – continued

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the

Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law.

Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax-consolidated group. Entities within the tax-consolidated group have entered into

a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding agreement, Downer

EDI Limited and each of the entities in the tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax equivalent payment to (or

from) the head entity, based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

Key estimates and judgements:

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax offsets, to the

extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available to utilise them. Judgement is required to determine

the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing, nature and level of future taxable profits.

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is required

to determine the worldwide provision for income taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are recognised on the

statement of financial position. Changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of provision

for income taxes and deferred tax balances recognised.

79Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
(b) Movement in deferred tax balances2022$'m

At 30

June 2021

Recognised in

profit or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehensive

income and

equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and disposal

Net

balance at

30 June 2022

Deferred tax

assets

Deferred tax

liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets

(129.5)

(3.1)

– 

0.6 

0.1 

(131.9)

– 

(131.9)

Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities

(36.5)

8.0 

– 

(0.3)

(0.1)

(28.9)

– 

(28.9)

Intangible assets

(83.9)

7. 8 

– 

0.1 

– 

(76.0)

– 

(76.0)

Tax losses and other attributes

87.5 

(37.1)

– 

– 

– 

50.4 

50.4 

– 

Trade payables and contract liabilities

15.1 

(1.9)

– 

0.2 

– 

13.4 

13.4 

– 

Employee benefits and other provisions

182.1 

(16.4)

(4.1)

(0.5)

(10.3)

150.8 

150.8 

– 

Other

24.7 

(19.2)

(14.3)

– 

0.1 

(8.7)

– 

(8.7)

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

59.5 

(61.9)

(18.4)

0.1 

(10.2)

(30.9)

214.6 

(245.5)

Set-off of DTA against DTL

(210.8)

210.8 

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

(30.9)

3.8 

(34.7)

2021$'m

At 30 June

2020

Recognised in profit or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehensive

income

Recognised

in equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and disposal

Assets held

for sale

Net balance at30 June 2021

Deferred

tax assets

Deferred

tax liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets

(133.3)

(8.2)

0.9 

11.2 

0.1 

(0. 2)

– 

(129.5)

– 

(129.5)

Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities

(42 .1)

(6.8)

– 

13.3 

(0.1)

0.8 

(1.6)

(36.5)

– 

(36.5)

Intangible assets

(108 .4)

24.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(83.9)

– 

(83.9)

Tax losses and other attributes

96.6 

(9.1)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

87. 5 

87. 5 

– 

Trade payables and contract liabilities

37.1 

(21.0)

(0. 2)

– 

– 

(0.8)

– 

15.1 

15.1 

– 

Employee benefits and other provisions

192.9 

(0. 2)

(1.5)

– 

(0.1)

(9.0)

– 

182.1 

182.1 

– 

Other

14.8 

11.3 

(1.6)

0.3 

0.2 

(0.3)

– 

24.7 

24.7 

– 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

57.6 

(9.5)

(2 .4)

24.8 

0.1 

(9.5)

(1.6)

59.5 

309.4 

(249.9)

Set-off of DTA against DTL

(244.1)

244.1 

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

59.5 

65.3 

(5.8)

80
| Downer EDI Limited

B6. Remuneration of auditor

2022

$

2021

$

Audit and review of financial statements4,938,095 5,355,264

Assurance services:

Regulatory assurance services20,000 20,000

Other assurance services445,278 325,566

Total assurance services465,278 345,566

Other services:

Tax services248,596 205,795

Advisory services96,679 506,977

Total other services345,275 712,772

The auditor of the Group is KPMG.

B7. Subsequent events

At the date of this report, there is no matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, that has significantly

affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group

in subsequent financial years.

C
Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus

on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers

expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1. Reconciliation of cash and

cash equivalents

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

C3. Inventories

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

C5. Property, plant and equipment

C6. Right-of-use assets

C7. Intangible assets

C8. Other provisions

C9. Contingent liabilities

81Notes to the consolidated financial statements |

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

(a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Note

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Profit after tax for the year152.0183.7

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributionsF1(a) ( 7. 8)(10.6)

Depreciation on leased assetsC6 160.3180.6

Depreciation and amortisation of other non-current assetsC5,C7 181.9313.8

Impairment of other non-current assets 42.020.2

Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs4.4 8.4

Net loss on disposal of businessesF6 17. 3 –

Movement in current tax balances6.1 14.3

Movement in deferred tax balances61.91.0

Movements on net defined benefit plan obligationD2 1.61.7

Share-based employee benefits expenseD1 4.2 (0.4)

Other4.1( 7.0)

476.0522.0

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal

of businesses:

(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade receivables and contract assets61.9115.7

Current inventories2.8 –

Other current assets3.5 (9.5)

Non-current trade receivables and contract assets(13.7)(14.0)

Other non-current assets(3.6)4.7

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade payables and contract liabilities(172.7)(15.6)

Current financial liabilities34.9 (16 .4)

Shareholder class action payable– (34.0)

Current provisions(27.5)0.7

Non-current trade payables and contract liabilities11.8 4.2

Non-current financial liabilities(13.4)3.8

Non-current provisions(16.6)(36.6)

(132.6)3.0

Net cash generated by operating activities495.4 708.7

82
| Downer EDI Limited

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued

(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

$’m

1 July

2021

Net cash

flows

Lease net

additions and

remeasure

Other

non-cash

changes

Disposal of

businesses

30 June

2022

Interest bearing loans1,481.6 (122.6)–2.7 –1,361.7

Lease liabilities662.8 (163.6)107. 2 (21.7)(4 0. 8)543.9

Total liabilities from

financing activities2,144.4 (286.2)107. 2 (19.0)(40.8)1,905.6

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises:

Cash716.2563.8

Short-term deposits22.3247.6

Total cash and cash equivalents738.5 811.4

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Trade receivables682.9 685.4

Contract assets

(i)

1,383.6 1,493.8

2,066.5 2,179.2

Other receivables40.5 71.6

Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers(32.4)(20.6)

Total trade receivables and contract assets2,074.6 2,230.2

Included in the financial statements as:

Current

(i)

1,953.0 2,121.0

Non-current121.6 109.2

(i) Current contract assets: $1,263.0 million (2021: $1,386.5 million).

Allowance for credit losses:

The Group’s trade receivables and contract assets are disaggregated based on their expected credit risks between Government

and Private (non-government) customers. An analysis of the balances is presented below:

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Government – not due831.2 938.7

Government – less than 90 days past due29.8 29.5

Government – more than 90 days past due23.8 35.0

Private – not due1,096.6 1,078.6

Private – less than 90 days past due62.4 63.0

Private – more than 90 days past due22.7 34.4

Total Gross Carrying Amount2,066.5 2,179.2

Credit impaired – specific allowance29.8 13.2

Not credit impaired – lifetime expected credit loss2.6 7.4

Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers32.4 20.6

83Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
The Group has policies to manage its overall exposure to credit

risk as set out in Note G2(e).

In assessing lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) as at 30 June

2022, the Group has considered the risk arising from the

economic impacts of COVID-19 and potential defaults occurring

within the smaller construction environment in which Downer

operates. The Group has assessed ECLs by segmenting the

portfolio of trade receivables and contract assets by customer

(i.e. Government and Private) as well as by geography to better

assess inherent credit risk. The Company defines counterparties

as ‘Government’ if the contract is with a Federal, State or Local

Government body. Any counterparties other than those defined

as ‘Government’ are classified as ‘Private’, and includes sectors

heavily regulated by Government organisations (such as Gas

and Electricity), Blue-Chip listed companies, contracts run

under the Public-Private-Partnership model ((PPPs) for which

Government organisations are often the end customer), large

multinational companies, network infrastructure companies, as

well as other private sector businesses.

The credit risk associated with Government balances is

considered to be negligible (2021: negligible) due to the high

creditworthiness of the counterparties. No ‘Government’ related

balances are currently in default.

For ‘Private’ balances, the Group has assessed the potential

credit risk of default on key customers utilising credit ratings

provided by financial institutions. For those ‘Private’ receivables/

contract assets that are ultimately backed by the Government

or a Government body, the credit risk is considered to be low or

negligible. For those counterparties that are currently in default

or a risk of default is determined, the Group has recognised

specific impairment/credit allowances. As at 30 June 2022,

the $32.4 million loss allowance includes a specific provision of

$29.4 million in relation to Probuild Pty Ltd as this customer is

currently under administration.

The ECLs have decreased from $7.4 million at 30 June 2021

to $2.6 million at 30 June 2022 reflecting a lower credit risk in

the current portfolio of trade receivables and contract assets,

determined based on the above methodology and in reference

to past default experience.

Credit losses on ‘Private’ counterparty balances have historically

averaged less than 1%. The allowance for credit losses,

excluding specific provisions, is 0.3% (2021: 0.6%) of the trade

receivables and contract assets.

Remaining performance obligations

As of 30 June 2022, the aggregate amount of the transaction

price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

is $15,973.1 million (2021: $13,572.6 million). The Group will

recognise this revenue when the performance obligations

are satisfied. Approximately ~40% of remaining performance

obligations are expected to occur within the next five years;

with the remaining ~60% related to long-term service/

maintenance contracts ranging up to 40 years.

The remaining performance obligations balances for both

30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021 presented above relate to the

revenue expected to be recognised from ongoing contracts with

an expected duration of more than 12 months.

During the current financial year revenue of $2,696.3 million has

been recognised in relation to performance obligations satisfied

or partially satisfied in previous periods.

Recognition and measurement

Trade receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised

at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment.

Contract assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to

consideration for work performed but not billed at the reporting

date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables

when the rights have become unconditional. This usually

occurs when the Group issues an invoice in accordance with

contractual terms to the customer.

Payments from customers are received based on a billing

schedule/milestone basis, as established in our contracts.

Costs to obtain or fulfil contracts

Costs incremental to obtaining a contract and that are expected

to be recovered or are explicitly chargeable to the customer

regardless of whether the contract is obtained are capitalised.

Financial assets and liabilities

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9) contains a classification

and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects

the business model in which assets are managed and their cash

flow characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for

financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through

profit or loss (FVTPL).

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, the

carrying amounts of the trade receivables and contract assets

are estimated to represent their fair values.

84
| Downer EDI Limited

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

Impairment

The Group has applied the simplified approach to recognise lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables, contract assets

and finance lease receivables as permitted by AASB 9.

The Group considers the relevant credit risk associated with disaggregated portions of the financial assets and after considering

specific provisions against counterparties and defaults, applies an expected credit loss (ECL) percentage derived from recorded

historic credit losses associated with specific population. The key disaggregation of the balances is between those that are backed

by Government funding and those that are not and between those that are current or are overdue less than 90 days or become

more than 90 days overdue. The Group exercises considerable judgement about how economic factors (such as the economic

impact triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic) affect the ECL of each of the disaggregated balances independently, and applies a

premium as deemed appropriate to adjust the historically determined default rates to present the total expected credit losses on

the current balances.

This impairment model applies to financial assets measured at amortised cost or FVOCI (except for investments in equity instruments).

Key estimate and judgement: Credit risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a counterparty will fail to perform an obligation causing a financial loss to the Group. The

Group minimises credit risk by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers in various industries and geographical

areas. A credit risk management policy is in place and exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Group uses historical information as a basis for the estimation of expected credit losses and then adjusts its assessment

of credit risk based on current macro/micro-economic conditions; however, judgement is applied in doing this assessment.

C3. Inventories

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Current

Raw materials39.2 74.4

Work in progress3.9 4.3

Finished goods55.6 54.4

Components and spare parts110.2 121.1

Total inventories208.9 254.2

Recognition and measurement

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less

all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Trade payables785.0 670.5

Contract liabilities364.6 444.3

Accruals949.1 1,091.5

Other payables155.9 190.9

Total trade payables and contract liabilities2,254.6 2 , 3 97. 2

Included in the financial statements as:

Current2,208.1 2,363.0

Non-current46.5 34.2

85Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement

Trade payables, accruals and other payables

Trade payables, accruals and other payables are recognised when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting

from the purchase of goods and services.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities primarily relate to the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has

received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue

when work is performed under the contract.

If the net amount of the Company’s rights to consideration for work performed after deduction of progress payments received

is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability and included as part of Contract liabilities.

Of the Contract liabilities balance of $444.3 million at 30 June 2021, substantially all of this revenue has been recognised in the

current year.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

C5. Property, plant and equipment

2022

$’mNote

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and leasehold

improvementsTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 202167.1 927.6 994.7

Additions29.0 221.5 250.5

Acquisition of businesses6.3 9.3 15.6

Disposals at net book value(12.3)(18.4)(30.7)

Disposal of businesses

(i)

F6– (164.7)(164.7)

Depreciation expense(2.2)(122.5)(124.7)

Impairment charge

(ii)

– (10.4)(10.4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.4)(5.5)(5.9)

Net book value as at 30 June 202287.5 836.9 924.4

Cost118.6 1,748.0 1,866.6

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(31.1)(911.1)(942.2)

2021

$’mNote

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and leasehold

improvements

Laundries

rental stockTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2020123.1 1,187. 9 39.2 1,350.2

Additions0.7 281.4 27.6 309.7

Disposals at net book value(1.8)(59.6)– (61.4)

Disposal of businessesF6(52.2)(247.7 )(4 0. 9)(340.8)

Depreciation expense(2.6)(196.2)(25.8)(224.6)

Impairment charge

(iii)

B3 – (20.2)– (20.2)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for sale– (9.4)– (9.4)

Reclassification at net book value

(iv)

– (8.2)– (8.2)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.1)(0.4)(0.1)(0.6)

Net book value as at 30 June 202167.1 927.6 – 994.7

Cost96.5 2,005.4 – 2,101.9

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(29.4)(1,07 7. 8)– (1,107. 2)

(i) A further $9.4 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note F6.

(ii) Impairment includes $7.2 million in relation to leasehold improvements write-off as a result of divestments (Note B3) and to assets damaged following the flooding/wet

weather events in Queensland.

(iii) Impairment relates to the divestment of Open Cut Mining West.

(iv) Reclassifications of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

86
| Downer EDI Limited

C5. Property, plant and equipment – continued

Recognition and measurement

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:

ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method

Freehold land n/aNo depreciation

Buildings20 to 50 yearsStraight-line

Leasehold improvementsLife of leaseStraight-line

Plant and equipment – power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other3 to 25 years Straight-line

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values

The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’

warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leasehold improvements) and turnover policies. In addition, the condition

of the assets is assessed at least annually and considered against the remaining useful life. Adjustments to useful lives and

residual values are made when considered necessary.

C6. Right-of-use assets

The Group leases many assets including property, motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Information about leased assets for

which the Group is a lessee is presented below:

2022

$’mNote

Leasehold

property

Motor

vehicles

Plant and

equipmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2021281.6 120.3 144.6 546.5

Additions17.0 47. 3 15.9 80.2

Remeasure11.2 7. 2 8.6 27.0

Depreciation expense(56.0)(61.2)(43.1)(160.3)

Impairment charge

(i)

B3( 7.0)– – ( 7.0)

Disposals at net book value(1.9)(2.0)(1.5)(5.4)

Disposal of businesses

(ii)

F6– (0.7)(38.8)(39.5)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(2.6)(0.8)(1.9)(5.3)

Net book value as at 30 June 2022242.3 110.1 83.8 436.2

Cost418.0 258.8 177. 2 854.0

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(175.7)(148.7)(93.4)(417.8)

2021

$’mNote

Leasehold

property

Motor

vehicles

Plant and

equipmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2020340.9 109.1 142.6 592.6

Additions35.3 53.2 7 7. 3 165.8

Remeasure(1 .4)25.7 12.8 37.1

Depreciation expense(61.1)(61.4)(58.1)(180.6)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for sale(0. 2)(1.1)(0.9)(2.2)

Disposals at net book value(5 .4)(2.6)(2.1)(10.1)

Disposal of businessesF6(25.8)(2.5)(26.9)(55.2)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.7)(0.1)(0.1)(0.9)

Net book value as at 30 June 2021281.6 120.3 144.6 546.5

Cost401.6 226.7 224.0 852.3

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(120.0)(10 6 .4)(79.4)(305.8)

(i) Impairment relates to Property rationalisation as a result of divestments.

(ii) A further $2.2 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note F6.

87Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement

The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises:

§The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability

§Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives and any initial direct costs incurred by

the lessee

§An estimate of the costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset.

Subsequently the right-of-use asset is measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for

certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter period of the lease term and the economic useful life of the underlying asset.

If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the costs of the right-of-use asset reflect that the Group will exercise a

purchase option, the asset will be depreciated from the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the underlying asset.

The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

Where the initially anticipated lease term is subsequently reassessed, any changes are reflected in a remeasurement of the lease

liability and a corresponding adjustment to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of a right-of-use asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognised in the profit

or loss, and the carrying value of the asset written-down to its recoverable amount. Should the recoverable amount increase in

future periods the carrying value may be adjusted to the lower of the recoverable value or the amortised cost of the asset had it not

been impaired.

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives/lease term and recoverable value

The estimation of the useful lives has been based on the assets’ lease terms. There are a number of judgements made

in determining the lease terms as noted in the Key estimates and judgements section of Note E3.

The expected useful life of the asset includes a judgement as to whether available extension changes will be exercised.

Changes to this assessment are reflected as a remeasurement, with a corresponding adjustment for the liability.

In assessing whether a right-of-use asset is impaired, judgement is required to determine the recoverable value of the asset.

For corporate right-of-use assets, impairment is assessed against the recoverable amount of cash-generating units to which

they are allocated.

88
| Downer EDI Limited

C7. Intangible assets

2022

$'m

Goodwill

Customer

contracts

and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 20212,280.8 203.2 63.0 1.6 234.3 2,782.9 

Additions –  –  –  – 36.5 36.5 

Acquisition of businesses

(i)

7. 8  –  –  –  – 7. 8 

Amortisation expense – (30.7)(4.0)(0.1)(22.4)(57. 2)

Impairment charge

(ii)

–  –  –  – (24.6)(24.6)

Net foreign currency exchange

differences at net book value(3.6) – (0.3) – (0.1)(4.0)

Net book value as at 30 June 20222,285.0 172.5 58.7 1.5 223.7 2 ,741.4 

Cost2,602.4 515.1 78.5 2.4 504.6 3,703.0 

Accumulated amortisation

and impairment(317. 4)(342.6)(19.8)(0.9)(280.9)(961.6)

2021

$'mGoodwill

Customer

contracts

and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 20202,281.3 280.6 67.0 1.8 229.3 2,860.0 

Additions –  –  –  – 28.4 28.4 

Amortisation expense – (62.0)(4 .0)(0. 2)(23.0)(89.2)

Transferred to disposal group assets held

for sale –  –  –  – (0.5)(0.5)

Reclassification at net book value

(iii)

–  –  –  – 8.2 8.2 

Disposal of businesses – (15 .4) –  – (8.2)(23.6)

Net foreign currency exchange

differences at net book value(0.5) –  –  – 0.1 (0.4)

Net book value as at 30 June 20212,280.8 203.2 63.0 1.6 234.3 2,782.9 

Cost2,598.2 471. 2 79.0 2.4 436.6 3 , 5 87.4 

Accumulated amortisation

and impairment(317.4)(268.0)(16.0)(0.8)(202.3)(804.5)

(i) This relates to goodwill on acquisition of Fowlers. Refer to Note F5.

(ii) Impairment relates to ERP systems write-off as a result of divestments. Refer to Note B3.

(iii) Reclassifications of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

89Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at

cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment

losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business

combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition

Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of

a business combination are recognised separately from

goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition

less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses.

Brand names on acquisition

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are

recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property on acquisition

Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination

is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair

value at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and

any accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property, software and system development

Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual

property (purchased patents and trademarks) and software

are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently measured at

cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.

Internally developed systems are capitalised once the project is

assessed to be feasible. The costs capitalised include consulting

and direct labour costs. Costs incurred in determining project

feasibility are expensed as incurred.

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group

with the right to access the cloud provider’s application software

over the contract period. As such the Group does not receive a

software intangible asset at the contract commencement date.

For SaaS arrangements, the Group assesses if the contract will

provide a resource that it can ‘control’ to determine whether

an intangible asset is present. If the Group cannot determine

control of the software, the arrangement is deemed a service

contract and any implementation costs including costs to

configure or customise the cloud provider’s application software

are recognised as operating expenses when incurred.

Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful

lives are generally:

ItemUseful life

Customer contracts and relationships1-20 years

Brand names20 years

Intellectual property acquired15-20 years

Software and system development5-15 years

Other intangible assets20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed

at the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful

life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if

events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might

be impaired.

Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount

may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which

the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped

at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable

cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows

from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or

CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered

impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment

at each reporting date.

90
| Downer EDI Limited

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Allocation of goodwill to Groups of

Cash-Generating Units

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes

to Groups of CGUs that represent the lowest level within

the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal

management purposes.

The final stage of the Spotless integration into the Group

occurred on 1 July 2021 which enabled a number of operational

changes and business unit structures to be reorganised.

This restructure impacted the Group’s internal reporting

structure and the level at which performance and goodwill is

monitored. This has resulted in a change to the manner in which

impairment testing of goodwill has been performed.

The Group has reassessed its Groups of CGUs with five Groups

of CGUs (previously eight) identified.

The goodwill allocation to each of the Groups of CGUs

(hereafter ‘CGUs’) is presented below:

Carrying value of

consolidated goodwill

2022

$’m

2021

restated

(i)

$’m

Transport Australia435.8 428.0

Rail and Transit Systems 55.3 55.3

Utilities Australia294.4 294.4

New Zealand193.1 196.7

Facilities1,306.4 1,306.4

2,285.0 2,280.8

(i) FY21 goodwill has been reallocated to reflect the changes to the CGUs.

Key estimates and judgements:

Impairment of assets

Determination of potential impairment requires an estimation

of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which the goodwill

and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are allocated.

Key assumptions requiring judgement include projected cash

flows, discount rates, budgeted revenue growth rate and

EBIT margin, and the long-term growth rate.

Estimation of useful life

The estimation of the economic useful life of software is

initially determined based on historical experience. The

useful lives of intangible assets recognised on business

combinations is independently determined based on detailed

reviews of similar assets and underlying factors. These useful

lives are regularly reassessed for indicators of any change

to the initial assessments. If the economic useful lives are

determined to have changed, the amortisation of the assets

is adjusted to reflect the new expected useful life, impacting

the future amortisation recognised.

Recoverable amount testing

The recoverable amount of the identified CGUs has been

assessed using the higher of ‘value in use’ (VIU) and ‘fair value

less cost of disposal’ (FVLCD). For each CGU, this has resulted

in a ‘value in use’ methodology being used.

Value in use calculation

In assessing VIU, the estimated future cash flows are discounted

to their present value using a discount rate that uses current

market assessments of the time value of money and the risks

specific to the CGU.

The Group determines the recoverable amount, using three-

year cash flow projections based on the FY23 budget and the

business plans for the years ending 30 June 2024 and 2025 (as

approved by the Board). For FY26 onwards, the Group assumes

a long-term growth rate of 2.5% to reflect the organic growth

expectations of the industry.

Cash flow projections are determined utilising budgeted

Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) less tax, capital

maintenance spending and working capital changes, adjusted

to exclude any uncommitted restructuring costs and future

benefits to provide a ‘free cash flow’ estimate. This calculated

‘free cash flow’ is then discounted to its present value using a

post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments

of the time value of money and the risks specific to the

asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not

been adjusted.

91Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Results of impairment testing

No impairment has been identified for any of the CGUs.

For all CGUs, sensitivities were made around discount rate, long-term growth rate and cash flow assumptions as discussed in the

Sensitivity section below.

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions

The table below summarises the key assumptions utilised in the VIU calculations.

20222021

Budgeted

revenue

(i)

EBIT

margin

(ii)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount rate

(post-tax)

Budgeted

revenue

(iii)

EBIT

margin

(ii)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount rate

(post-tax)

Transport Australia3.9%6.3%2.50%8.5%2.6%6.6%2.25%8.5%

Rail and

Transit Systems8.2%5 .4%2.50%8.7%3.3%5.5%2.25%8.7%

Utilities Australia3.7%4.7%2.50%8.8%5.6%5.3%2.25%8.3%

New Zealand2.1%5.7%2.50%8.9%4.9%4.9%2.25%8.6%

Facilities6.4%5.9%2.50%8.7%7. 2%7. 8%2.25%8 .4%

(i) Budgeted revenue for 2022 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY22 to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.

(ii) EBIT margin represents the terminal year forecast margin based on the CGUs business plan.

(iii) Budgeted revenue for 2021 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY21 to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.

(i) Projected cash flows – including budgeted revenue

and EBIT margin and the impact of COVID-19

COVID-19 Impact on projected cash flows

The ongoing disruptions related to the COVID-19 pandemic

throughout FY22 across Australia and New Zealand have

impacted the Group’s business lines to varying degrees, with

impacts including supply chain restrictions, labour shortages

and deferral of contracts.

Downer continues to be vigilant around the management of

COVID-19 and maintaining the highest levels of controls in line

with expert advice and Government guidance.

Whilst the near-term consequences of COVID-19 remain

uncertain, the experience to date of the impacts of COVID-19

on FY20, FY21 and FY22 financial performance have been taken

into consideration in the preparation of the projected cash flows

for the FY23 budget.

The majority of Downer’s businesses were impacted by

COVID-19 in FY22 to varying degrees. Those with a higher

proportion of the customer base being Government Agencies

or Government-owned corporations in the provision of critical

services were the least impacted and include businesses within

the Transport Australia and Rail and Transit Systems CGUs, in

addition to the Facilities Management (Government and Health

& Education) businesses within the Facilities CGU. The Utilities

Australia CGU was modestly impacted by COVID-19 in FY22,

most notably within the Meter Reading and Water Services

businesses. New Zealand was more materially impacted due to

the extent of lockdowns across the country, whilst the Facilities

CGU also experienced meaningful impacts in Hospitality

and Asset Services due to event cancellations and deferred

maintenance expenditure.

The business plans for FY24 onwards assume no material

COVID-19 disruptions.

Inflation and price escalation

The Group’s exposure to inflationary pressures in labour,

material and other costs in its long-term services contracts is

mitigated via contractual mechanisms and allowances for price

movements. These mechanisms typically include one of, or

multiple of, the following: consumer price index, labour index,

relevant materials indices (such as bitumen) or contractual price

rebasing at select intervals. In addition, the Group has a number

of ‘cost-plus’ reimbursable contracts where inflation does not

represent a risk.

Ongoing cash flow forecasts

The cash flow projections through to the terminal year are

based on the Group’s past experience and assessment of

economic and regulatory factors affecting the business in which

the Downer businesses operate. Specifically, for each CGU:

§Transport Australia is expected to benefit from activity/

volume growth in road infrastructure post the impact of

severe wet weather in FY22 and from increased Government

investment in Western Melbourne and Western Sydney as

well as in regional Australia.

§Rail and Transit Systems is expected to benefit from new

opportunities on rail fleet extensions and maintenance

contracts, increased work opportunities in Queensland and

from emerging trends on energy consumption and energy

saving initiatives across rail and transit system sectors.

§Utilities Australia is expected to benefit from an increase in

activity from existing customers in the wireless programs and

in the water sector including increased levels of activity in

maintenance work contracts.

92
| Downer EDI Limited

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions

– continued

Ongoing cash flow forecasts – continued

§New Zealand is expected to benefit from increased

investment in infrastructure, particularly in the transport and

utilities sectors with an expected recovery of activity to a pre-

COVID-19 level and an increase on maintenance contracts

in the transport sector.

§Facilities is expected to benefit from a pipeline of

opportunities across its diverse operations as well as from a

rebound in activity as follows:

–Health & Education has a favourable market outlook

with increased Government spend to fulfil growing

structural demand for these services, underpinned by an

ageing population and higher community expectations

relating to health following COVID-19 as well as from

contract renewals/extensions

–Government sector has significant growth opportunities

to service an increasing public sector asset base and

ageing of existing buildings, leveraging its assets and

management expertise and national footprint

–Power & Energy sector has opportunities from the

decarbonisation of energy generators’ owners as well as

a strong rebound in activity following deferrals of plant

shutdowns and maintenance stemming from COVID-19

related disruptions

–Defence will benefit from increased Government

investment on new military capability, upgrades to

base infrastructure and estate management services.

(ii) Long-term growth rates

The long-term annual growth rates, applicable for the periods

after which detailed forecasts have been prepared, are based

on the long-term expected GDP rates for the country of

operation, adjusted as necessary to reflect industry-specific

considerations. The Group assumes a long-term growth rate of

2.50% (FY21: 2.25%) to allow for organic growth on the existing

asset base. The increase in the rate is in line with economic

conditions and ending of a sustained period of suppressed

inflation rates.

(iii) Discount rates

Post-tax discount rates of between 8.5% and 8.9% reflect

the Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks

associated with each CGU.

In determining the appropriate discount rate for each CGU,

consideration has been given to the estimated weighted

average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted for

country and business risks specific to that CGU. The post-tax

discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows that include

an allowance for tax based on the respective jurisdiction’s tax

rate. This method is used to approximate the requirement of

the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax discount rate to

pre-tax cash flows.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure

The expected cash flows for capital expenditure are based

on past experience and the amounts included in the terminal

year calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing

plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service.

The resulting expenditure has been compared against the

annual depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital

Working capital has been maintained at a level required to

support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account

changes in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line

with historic trends given the level of operating activity.

Sensitivities

The recoverable amount of the Facilities CGU currently exceeds

its carrying value by $197.3 million. Based on the modelling

and analysis performed utilising a ‘value in use’ model, the

recoverable amount of the Facilities CGU is expected to be

greater than its carrying value.

Management has identified that a reasonably possible

unfavourable change in the three-year compound annual

revenue growth rate, EBIT margin assumption, long-term

terminal growth rate and discount rate assumptions, in isolation,

and in the absence of any mitigating factors or unchanged

circumstances, would result in the carrying value of the Facilities

CGU becoming equal to the recoverable amount.

The following table shows the approximate individual change in

key assumptions under a downside sensitivity scenario for the

estimated recoverable amount of the Facilities CGU to be equal

to the carrying amount.

Individual changes in key assumptions

that would result in nil headroom

Decrease in assumed revenue or

EBIT margin percentage(8.7%)

Decrease in long-term growth rate from 2.5% to 1.6%

Increase in the post-tax discount rate from 8.7% to 9.3%

Other than as disclosed above the Group believes that for all

CGUs, any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions

would not cause the carrying value of the CGUs to exceed their

recoverable amounts.

93Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Impact of climate change

The Group recognises that an integrated approach to managing

risks and opportunities is essential. The Downer Board, through

its oversight functions, has ensured Downer appropriately

considers Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks,

including those related to climate change. Climate-related

risks and opportunities are incorporated into Downer’s broader

corporate strategy, planning and risk management processes.

This includes through the development of decarbonisation

strategies, plans to mitigate exposure to physical and transition

risks, and consideration of embedding emissions reduction

targets into capital allocation and decision-making process.

Downer is committed to decarbonising its operations,

recognising the need to develop emissions reduction targets

that align with the 2015 Paris Agreement goals to pursue efforts

to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C by the end of this

century. To guide its ambition, Downer has set an absolute

near-term target of 50% reduction of its Scope 1 and 2 GHG

emissions by 2032 and an absolute near-term target of 30%

reduction of its Scope 3 emissions by 2032. Downer has set

a long-term target to be Net Zero

1

in Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG

emissions by 2050, subject to future available technologies.

Both the near-term and the long-term targets have a base year

of 2020.

In FY22, Downer completed a detailed review of its most

material climate-related risks and opportunities in line with

the Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD), building on the work that Downer completed and

disclosed through the Downer Sustainability Report in 2019.

There remains uncertainty regarding the pace of global and

local efforts to decarbonise, the economic and policy tools

which may be used by governments and regulators, customer

requirements, and the technology available to be applied.

Therefore, Downer undertook scenario analysis to test the

resilience of its business strategy, leveraging prioritised climate

related risk and opportunities. In addition, the scenario analysis

was used to assess and quantify the estimated financial impact

of different climate scenarios across Downer’s operations and

value chain, including potential mitigation costs arising from

physical and transition risks, and the opportunities arising from

new and existing business lines.

To assess the physical risks, Downer used a moderate emission

scenario (rise between 2°C and 3°C by 2100) and a high

emission scenario (rise above 4°C by 2100). To assess the

transition risk, Downer chose two of the Network for Greening

the Financial System (NGFS) 1.5°C aligned scenarios consisting

of the Net Zero 2050

2

scenario and the Divergent Net Zero

3


scenario. The NGFS climate scenarios have been selected

to provide insights into the risks and opportunities of the

transition to a low carbon future. The NGFS dataset contains

1 Net Zero is defined as the mitigation of direct emissions to as low a level as possible and offsetting the remainder through carbon removals. Downer has utilised the

Science Based Target Initiative’s threshold of a 90% reduction in its emissions as being ‘as low a level as possible’.

2 NGFS Net Zero 2050 is an ambitious scenario that limits global warming to 1.5°C through stringent climate policies and innovation, reaching net zero CO

2

emissions

around 2050. This scenario assumes that ambitious climate policies are introduced immediately.

3 NGFS Divergent Net Zero reaches net zero by 2050 but with higher costs due to divergent policies introduced across sectors and a quicker phase out of fossil fuels.

This scenario differentiates itself from the Net Zero 2050 by assuming that climate policies are more stringent in the transportation and buildings sectors, while

decarbonisation of energy supply and industry is less stringent.

multiple parameters (e.g. emissions trajectory, carbon price

and fuel mix) at the sub sectoral and country levels for each of

the geographies being investigated, allowing the comparison

of difference across geographies within the same plausible

future scenario.

Not all assumptions used in scenario modelling (for TCFD

purposes) are appropriate for incorporation in impairment

models required by accounting standards. The modelled

scenarios set out below were not included in the Group’s

impairment model assumptions relating to asset values

or cashflow.

The scenario analysis performed considered the following

impacts to asset values and cashflows:

§Physical risks to Downer’s non-current assets, including key

sites and locations, from events such as extreme heat, an

increased frequency and severity of bushfires, and severe

weather events. The scenario analysis quantified a physical

risk which is not material to the Group’s future cashflows.

The analysis confirmed no change to the expected useful

economic lives of non-current assets as disclosed in Note C5.

§Transition risks are primarily associated with decarbonising

Downer’s carbon intensive non-current assets, in the

Transport CGU’s asphalt manufacturing process, and

transitioning from internal combustion engine to an electric

one for the light and heavy vehicle fleets. The analysis

determined that the impact of decarbonising the asphalt

plants through energy efficiency measures, using alternate

or emerging fuels, or new technology, is not expected to

materially impact the Group’s forecast cash flows.

§Light vehicle fleet replacement from internal combustion

engines to electric vehicles is anticipated to occur from

2025 onwards, with heavy vehicle replacements anticipated

to commence from 2030 onwards. Management continues

to assess options for fleet replacement in the short term;

however, any acceleration from these dates is limited by

technology and global supply constraints.

The modelled impact is not material to the Group’s cashflows,

with the analysis reaffirming that the anticipated response to

climate change presents a net opportunity for Downer. This

net opportunity is likely to increase as efforts to decarbonise

accelerate, due to the significant opportunities for Downer’s

business lines to support both new and existing customers’

decarbonisation transitions.

94
| Downer EDI Limited

C8. Other provisions

2022

$'m

Decomm-

issioning

and

restoration

Warranties

and

contract

claims

Onerous

contracts

and otherTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 202125.1 26.3 34.6 86.0 

Additional provisions recognised4.0 8.7 32.0 44.7 

Unused provisions reversed(0.6)(2.7)(10.3)(13.6)

Utilisation of provisions(2.3)(12.8)(28.7)(43.8)

Disposal of businesses –  – (0.2)(0.2)

Net foreign currency exchange differences – 0.2  – 0.2 

Balance as at 30 June 202226.2 19.7 27. 4 73.3 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current12.8 15.0 26.7 54.5 

Non-current13.4 4.7 0.7 18.8 

Recognition and measurement

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

§The Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event

§It is probable that resources will be expended to settle

the obligation

§The amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made

for close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation

costs, including the cost of dismantling and demolition of

infrastructure, removal of residual materials and remediation of

disturbed areas.

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any

changes are reflected in the present value of the rectification

provision at the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the liability.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for

the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at

balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and

construction contracts.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation to

onerous customer contracts.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value

of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Key estimates and judgements: Other provisions

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Judgement is required in determining the expected

expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at

the reporting date, based on current legal requirements,

technology and estimates of inflation.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

The provision is estimated having regard to previous

claims experience.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

These provisions have been calculated based on

management’s best estimate of discounted net cash outflows

required to fulfil the contracts. The status of these contracts

and the adequacy of provisions are assessed at each

reporting date. Any change in the assessment of provisions

impacts the results of the business.

95Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
C9. Contingent liabilities

BondingNote

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

The Group has bid bonds and performance bonds issued in respect of contract

performance in the normal course of business for controlled entitiesE2 1,372.9 1,376.3

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to

counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and

financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related

parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and

indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities

(i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to

completed design and construction projects. The Directors

are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover

this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the

financial statements.

(ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification

works based on known claims and previous claims history.

However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot

be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent

liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become

payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

(iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly

and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant

joint arrangements.

(iv) The Group carries the normal contractors’ and consultants’

liability in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts (for example, liability relating to professional

advice, design, completion, workmanship and damage), as

well as liability for personal injury/property damage during

the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from

claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against

Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in

which the Group has an interest. The Group is currently

managing a number of claims, arbitration and litigation

processes in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts as well as in relation to personal injury and

property damage claims arising from project delivery.

(v) Downer New Zealand, an entity in the Group, has been

named as co-defendant in a ‘leaky building’ claim. The

leaky building claim where the Group entity is co-defendant

relates to water damage arising from historical design

and construction methodologies (and certification) for

residential and other buildings in New Zealand during the

early to mid 2000s. The Directors are of the opinion that

disclosure of any further information relating to the leaky

building claim would be prejudicial to the interests of

the Group.

D
Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various programs Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and key

executives, including Key Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that these programs reinforce the value of

ownership and incentives and drive performance both individually and collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.

D1. Employee benefits

D2. Defined benefit plan

D3. Key management personnel compensation

D4. Employee discount share plan

96

| Downer EDI Limited

D1. Employee benefits

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Employee benefits expense:

– Defined contribution plans costs200.3 214.6

– Share-based employee benefits expense

(i)

4.2 (0.4)

– Employee benefits3,375.13,643.6

– Defined benefit plan costs1.6 1.7

Total employee benefits expense3,581.23,859.5

Employee benefits provision:

– Current303.5 353.6

– Non-current

(ii)

18.7 35.3

Total employee benefits provision322.2 388.9

(i) Share-based payments net benefit for 2021 includes the reversal for the 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.

(ii) Non-current employee benefit provision in 2021 included the net obligation of the defined benefit plan.

Recognition and measurement

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in

respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be

paid when they are settled and include related on-costs, such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation and payroll tax.

Key estimates and judgements:

Annual leave and long service leave

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of estimated future payments for the services provided by

employees up to the end of the reporting period. This calculation requires judgement in determining the following key assumptions:

– Future increase in wages and salary rates

– Future on-cost rates

– Expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity of

the entitlement.

For New Zealand employees the liability is discounted using long-term government bond rates given there is no deep corporate

bond market.

97Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
D2. Defined benefit plan

The Group participates in the Equipsuper Defined Benefit Scheme which provides participants (<100 employees) with a lump sum

benefit on retirement, death, disablement or withdrawal. The scheme operates under the Superannuation Industry legislation, and is

governed by The Scheme Trustees, in compliance with Australian Prudential Regulation Authority framework. The scheme is closed

to new employees.

As at 30 June 2022, the fair value of plan assets (comprising Investment Funds) was $58.6 million. The plan obligation balance was

$53.2 million. The net asset of $5.4 million is included in Non-current prepayments and other assets. These balances were subject

to an independent actuarial review as at 30 June 2022.

The main movements during the year were $1.6 million of services costs expensed to the profit or loss, $6.8 million of actuarial gains

on the obligation, and the Group contributions of $1.1 million (all pre-tax amounts).

Key actuarial assumptions used in determining the values were a discount rate of 4.4% and an expected salary increase rate of

3.0%. Sensitivity analysis shows a 0.5 percentage point reduction in the discount rate would increase the obligation by 4.2% and

0.5 percentage point increase in the expected salary increase rate would increase the obligation by 3.6%.

Key estimate and judgement: Valuation of the defined benefit plan assets and obligations

There are a number of estimates and assumptions used in determining the defined benefit plan assets, obligations and

expenses. These include salary increases, future earnings, and the returns on fund investments. Any difference in these

assumptions or estimates will be recognised in other comprehensive income and not through the income statement. The net of

the plan assets and obligations recognised in the statement of financial position will be affected by any movement in the returns

on the investment or the rate of interest.

D3. Key management personnel compensation

2022

$

2021

$

Short-term employee benefits7,576,170 10,665,093

Post-employment benefits191,103 225,533

Share-based payments

(i)

605,015 (150, 3 5 4)

To t a l8,372,288 10,740,272

(i) Share-based payments net benefit for 2021 includes the reversal for the 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.

Recognition and measurement

Equity-settled transactions

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions is recognised

in profit or loss and credited to equity over the vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the

number of rights that are expected to vest for service and non-market performance conditions. The expense recognised each year

takes into account the most recent estimate.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using an option pricing model and takes into account any market related

performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are not considered when determining value; however they are included in

assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest.

Cash-settled transactions

The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a

corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the payment.

The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in the liability

being recognised in profit or loss.

D4. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan during the years ended 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021.

E
Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they

affect the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure

of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions

(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group.

The Directors review the Group’s capital structure and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s

ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1. Borrowings

E2. Financing facilities

E3. Lease liabilities

E4. Commitments

E5. Issued capital

E6. Reserves

E7. Dividends

98

| Downer EDI Limited

E1. Borrowings

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Current

Unsecured:

– Bank loans–50.0

– AUD medium term notes–250.0

– Deferred finance charges–(3.8)

Total current borrowings–296.2

Non-current

Unsecured:

– Bank loans 582.0 400.0

– USD private placement notes145.2 133.0

– AUD private placement notes30.0 30.0

– AUD medium term notes508.6 510.7

– JPY medium term notes106.4 120.4

– Deferred finance charges(10.5)(8.7)

Total non-current borrowings1,361.7 1,185.4

Total borrowings1,361.7 1,481.6

Fair value of total borrowings

(i)

1,384.5 1,611.5

(i) Excludes lease liabilities.

99Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest rate method.

Fair value

The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are discounted using current market base interest rates and adjusted for

current market credit default swap spreads for companies with a BBB credit rating.

E2. Financing facilities

At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that were unutilised:

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Syndicated loan facilities1,010.0 1,100.0

Bilateral loan facilities195.0 327.0

Total unutilised loan facilities1,205.0 1,427.0

Syndicated bank guarantee facilities61.7 148.1

Bilateral bank guarantees and insurance bonding facilities530.1 484.9

Total unutilised bonding facilities591.8 633.0

Summary of borrowing arrangements

The Group’s borrowing arrangements are as follows:

Bank loan facilities

Bilateral loan facilities:

The Group has a total of $387.0 million in bilateral loan facilities

which are unsecured, committed facilities.

Syndicated loan facilities:

The Group has $1,400.0 million of syndicated bank loan facilities

which are unsecured, committed facilities.

USD private placement notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of US$100.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

The USD denominated principal and interest amounts have

been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-

currency interest rate swaps.

AUD private placement notes

AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Medium Term Notes (MTNs)

The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:

§$500.0 million maturing April 2026

§JPY 10.0 billion maturing May 2033

§The carrying value of the AUD MTN maturing April 2026

includes a premium of $8.6 million over the face value

owing to the differential between the coupon rate for that

instrument and the prevailing market interest rate at the date

of issue.

§The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have

been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through a

cross-currency interest rate swap.

The above loan facilities and note issuances are supported by

guarantees from certain Group subsidiaries.

The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowing arrangements by financial year is represented in the below table by facility limit:

Maturing in the period

$’m

Bilateral

Loan

Facilities

Syndicated

Loan

Facilities

USD

Private

Placement

Notes

AUD

Private

Placement

Notes

Medium

Te r m

NotesTo t a l

1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024175.0 – – – – 175.0

1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025212.0 500.0 – – – 712.0

1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026– – 145.2 30.0 500.0 675.2

1 July 2026 to 30 June 2027– 600.0 – – – 600.0

1 July 2027 to 30 June 2028– 300.0 – – – 300.0

1 July 2032 to 30 June 2033– – – – 106.4 106.4

To t a l387.0 1,400.0 145.2 30.0 606.4 2,568.6

100
| Downer EDI Limited

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Covenants on financing facilities

Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings

to comply with financial covenants and ensure that Group

guarantors of these facilities collectively meet certain

minimum threshold amounts of Group EBITA and Group Total

Tangible Assets.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are

Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Leverage.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken monthly and reported

at the Downer Board meetings. Reporting of financial covenants

to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12-month

periods to 30 June and 31 December. Downer Group was in

compliance with all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2022.

Bank guarantees and insurance bonds

The Group has $1,964.7 million of bank guarantee and

insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities.

$1,064.1 million of these facilities are provided to the Group on a

committed basis and $900.6 million on an uncommitted basis.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks and

insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.

$1,372.9 million (refer to Note C9) of these facilities were utilised

as at 30 June 2022 with $591.8 million unutilised. These facilities

have varying maturity dates between financial years 2023, 2024

and 2025.

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier

under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate

credit risk rather than project-specific risk.

The Group has flexibility in respect of certain committed facility

amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral loan facilities)

which can, at the election of the Group, be utilised to provide

additional bank guarantee capacity.

Refinancing requirements

The Group will negotiate with existing and, where required, with

new financiers to extend the maturity date or refinance facilities

maturing within the next 12 months. The Group’s financial

metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in financial

markets and other factors may influence the outcome of these

negotiations. As at 30 June 2022, the Group has no debt

facilities maturing within the 12 months to 30 June 2023.

Credit ratings

The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB

(Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is

lowered or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers

may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore,

banks and other lending institutions may demand more

stringent terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors

and lower facility limits) on all financing facilities, to reflect the

weaker credit risk profile.

101Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
E3. Lease liabilities

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Contractual undiscounted

cash flows

– Within one year148.2 182.2

– Between one and five years305.2 382.2

– Greater than five years169.5 214.0

Total undiscounted

lease liabilities622.9 778.4

– Current132.4 157.7

– Non-current411.5 505.1

Total lease liabilities543.9 662.8

Recognition and measurement

Lease liabilities

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of

future lease payments that are not paid at the commencement

date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or if

this rate cannot be readily determined the Group’s incremental

borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental

borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease

liability comprise:

§Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments),

less any lease incentives receivable

§Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate

§The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is

reasonably certain to exercise that option

§The amount expected to be payable under a residual

value guarantee

§Payments of penalties for termination of the lease, if the lease

term reflects the lessee exercising an option to terminate

the lease.

Variable lease payments not included in the initial measurement

of the lease liability are recognised directly in profit or loss.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the

carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using

the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying

amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a

corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use

asset) whenever:

§The lease term has changed or there is a significant event

or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the

assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case

the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised

lease payments using a revised discount rate

§The lease payments change due to changes in an index or

rate or a change in the amount expected to be payable under

a residual value guarantee

§A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is

not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the

lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the

modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments

using a revised discount rate at the effective date of

the modification.

The expense charged to profit or loss for low value and short-

term leases (excluded from lease liabilities) is analysed as:

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Lease expenses

Land and buildings2.0 2.1

Plant and equipment43.452.7

Total lease expenses45.454.8

Key estimate and judgement: Lease liabilities

(i) Extension option

In determining the lease term, the Group considers all facts

and circumstances that create an economic incentive to

exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination

option. Extension options (or periods after termination

options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is

reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

(ii) Incremental borrowing rate

In determining the present value of the future lease

payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using

an incremental borrowing rate (IBR). The IBR reflects the

financing characteristics and duration of the underlying

lease. Once a discount rate has been set for a leased asset

(or portfolio of assets with similar characteristics), this rate

will remain unchanged for the term of that lease. When a

lease modification occurs, and it is not accounted for as a

separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the new

characteristics of the lease.

102
| Downer EDI Limited

E4. Commitments

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment and other

– Within one year60.3 42.5

– Between one and five years2.0 16.7

– Greater than five years–0.7

To t a l62.3 59.9

Catering rights

Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangements with customers.

– Within one year2.0 16.8

– Between one and five years6.3 7.0

– Greater than five years0.8 2.5

To t a l9.1 26.3

E5. Issued capital

Jun 2022Jun 2021

No.$’m No.$’m

Ordinary shares675,425,623 2,488.9 696,928,956 2,631.5

Unvested executive incentive shares1,193,978 ( 7. 3)1,249,255 ( 7. 5)

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing

Securities (ROADS)200,000,000 178.6 200,000,000 178.6

To t a l2,660.2 2,802.6

(a) Fully paid ordinary share capital

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

20222021

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year696.9 2,631.5 594.7 2,263.1

Capital raising

(i)

––106.6 399.7

Capital raising costs net of tax–––(6.5)

Group on-market share buy-back(24.0)(142.6)(4 . 4)(24.8)

Vested Downer Contingent Share Options

(ii)

2.5 –––

Balance at the end of the financial year675.4 2,488.9 696.9 2,631.5

(i) On 30 July 2020, 88,585,611 shares were issued with net proceeds of $332.2 million, and on 20 August 2020, 18,004,231 shares were issued with net proceeds

of $67.5 million being received.

(ii) On 24 August 2021, the Target Price Condition of the Tranche 1 Series Downer Contingent Share Options was satisfied resulting in 2,499,264 shares exercised

at $6.382 per share. Refer to Note E6.

103Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
(b) Unvested executive incentive shares

20222021

m’s $’m m’s$’m

Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year1.25 ( 7.5)2.23 (12.0)

Vested executive incentive share transactions

(i)

(0.06)0.2 (0.98)4.5

Balance at the end of the financial year1.19 ( 7. 3)1.25 ( 7. 5)

(i) June 2022 figures relate to the second deferred component of the 2019 STI award of 55,277 vested shares for a value of $252,571.

June 2021 figures relate to the 2017 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2018 STI award and first deferred component of the 2019 STI award totalling 982,377

vested shares for a value of $4,488,658.

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust

under the Long-Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in

trust during the performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all

vesting conditions have been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire

additional shares on the market for employee equity plans.

(c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

20222021

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares,

the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2022 is 8.14% per annum (2021: 4.42% per annum) which is equivalent to the

one year swap rate on 15 June 2022 of 4.09% per annum plus the step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

(d) Share options and performance rights

The Group has no share option to issue.

During the financial year 2,585,870 performance rights (2021: 1,420,213) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior

executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained

in the Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any

tax effects.

Executive incentive shares

When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value

of the vested shares is transferred from the Employee benefits reserve.

104
| Downer EDI Limited

E6. Reserves

2022

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Equity

reserve

Fair value

through OCI

reserve

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 2021(23.1)(29.7)14.7 9.5 (2.6)(31.2)

Foreign currency translation difference–(16.6)–––(16.6)

Actuarial movement on net defined benefit

plan obligations––6.8 ––6.8

Income tax effect of actuarial movement

on defined benefit plan obligations––(2.1)––(2.1)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

(net of tax)30.5 ––––30.5

Change in fair value of unquoted

equity investments––––0.2 0.2

Total comprehensive income for the year30.5 (16.6)4.7 –0.2 18.8

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(0.2)––(0.2)

Vested Downer Contingent Share Options–––16.0 –16.0

Share-based employee benefits expense––4.2 ––4.2

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year––(2.7)––(2.7)

Disposal of business–7. 2 –––7. 2

Balance at 30 June 20227. 4 (39.1)20.7 25.5 (2.4)12.1

2021

$’m

Balance at 1 July 2020(29.4)(30.6)14.9 –(2.6)(47.7 )

Foreign currency translation difference–0.7 –––0.7

Actuarial movement on net defined benefit

plan obligations––5.0 ––5.0

Income tax effect of actuarial movement

on defined benefit plan obligations––(1.5)––(1.5)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

(net of tax)6.8 ––––6.8

Total comprehensive income for the year6.8 0.7 3.5 ––11.0

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(4 . 5 )––(4 . 5 )

Share-based employee benefits expense––(0.4)––(0.4)

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year––1.2 ––1.2

Acquisition of non-controlling interest (net of tax)(0.5)0.2 –9.5 –9.2

Balance at 30 June 2021(23.1)(29.7)14.7 9.5 (2.6)(31.2)

105Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Hedge reserve

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial

statements of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.

Employee benefits reserve

The employee benefits reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting

period, and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period. This reserve also includes

the actuarial gain/loss arisen on the defined benefit plan (refer to Note D2).

Equity reserve

The equity reserve accounts for the difference between the fair value of, and the amounts paid or received for, equity transactions

with non-controlling interests.

Fair value through OCI reserve

The fair value through OCI reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity investments designated

as FVOCI. Until the assets are derecognised or reclassified, this amount is reduced by the amount of loss allowance.

E7. Dividends

(a) Ordinary shares

2022

Final

2022

Interim

2021

Final

2021

Interim

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)12.012.0 12.0 9.0

Franking percentage0%0%0%0%

Cost (in $’m)81.181.8 83.7 63.1

Dividend record date31/8/2224/2/22 26/8/21 25/2/21

Payment date28/9/2224/3/22 23/9/21 25/3/21

Recognition and measurement

A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion

of the entity, before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance sheet date.

The final 2022 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated

financial statements.

(b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2022Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.76 0.75 0.74 0.72 2.97

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Cost (in A$’m)1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 5.9

Payment date15/9/21 15/12/21 15/3/22 15/6/22

2021Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.72 0.73 0.71 0.72 2.88

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Cost (in A$’m)1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 5.8

Payment date15/9/20 15/12/20 15/3/21 15/6/21

(c) Franking credits

The franking account balance as at 30 June 2022 is nil (2021: nil).

F
Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s Group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group

has interest in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure.

It also provides information on business acquisitions and disposals made during the financial year as well as information

relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent of related party transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s

financial performance and position.

F1. Joint arrangements and

associate entities

F2. Controlled entities

F3. Related party information

F4. Parent entity disclosures

F5. Acquisition of businesses

F6. Disposal of businesses

106

| Downer EDI Limited

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associate entities

Note

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year24.1 32.1

Share of net profit21.512.9

Share of distributions(13.6)(11.6)

Interest in joint venture divested–(9.3)

Foreign currency exchange differences(0.1)–

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year31.9 24.1

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year131.0 78.5

Share of net profit8.2 9.3

Share of distributions(8.3)–

Investment in associates– 9.8

Additional associate interest acquiredF6– 33.4

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year130.9 131.0

Total interest in joint ventures and associates162.8 155.1

107Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Ownership interest

Name of arrangementPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

2022

%

2021

%

Joint Ventures

Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plant New Zealand 50 50

Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureBitumen importer Australia 50 50

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importer Australia 50 50

EDI Rail-Bombardier

Transportation Pty Ltd

Sale and maintenance of railway rollingstock Australia 50 50

Emulco LimitedEmulsion plant New Zealand 50 50

Isaac Asphalt Limited Manufacture and supply of asphalt New Zealand 50 50

Repurpose It Holdings Pty LtdWaste recycling Australia 45 45

Waanyi Downer JV Pty Ltd

(i)

Contract mining services Australia –50

ZFS Functions (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Catering for functions at Federation Square Australia –50

Associates

Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast

light rail, Melbourne tram network, Adelaide

metro and bus operation

Australia 49 49

HT HoldCo Pty LtdLaundries services Australia 30 30

(i) Downer’s interest in this joint venture was disposed of during the year ended 30 June 2022.

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures and associates. All joint ventures and associates have a statutory

reporting date of 30 June.

The Group’s share of aggregate financial information from joint ventures and associates is presented below.

The Group does not disclose the details of the individual joint ventures and associates on the basis these are individually immaterial.

The Group’s share of the carrying amounts:

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Current assets289.2 266.1

Non-current assets272.2 228.2

Current liabilities(190.2)(165.8)

Non-current liabilities(219.9)(184.6)

Net assets151.3 143.9

Goodwill7.0 7.0

Adjustment to align accounting policies4.5 4.2

Carrying amounts162.8 155.1

Profit for the year29.7 22.2

Total comprehensive income for the year29.7 22.2

108
| Downer EDI Limited

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

Recognition and measurement

Equity accounting

(i) Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(ii) Investments in associates

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using

the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share

of the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

(b) Interest in joint operations

The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Ownership interest

Country of

operation

2022

%

2021

%

Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for Carrapateena ProjectAustralia50 50

Bama Civil Pty Ltd & Downer EDI Works

Pty Ltd

Civil Infrastructure design and/or

construction activities

Australia50 50

Cameron Road Joint Venture

(i)

Cameron Road constructionNew Zealand50 –

China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand50 50

City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City Rail LinkNew Zealand50 50

Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty LtdRoad maintenanceAustralia49 49

Confluence Water JVSydney Water servicesAustralia43 43

CPB Contractors Pty Ltd & Spotless

Facility Services Pty Ltd

(i)

Riverina Redevelopment ProgramAustralia50 –

CPB Downer Joint VentureParramatta Light Rail constructionAustralia50 50

CRL Construction Joint VentureConstruction of the City Rail Link

Alliance Project

New Zealand30 30

Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia50 50

Downer BMD Joint Venture

(i)

West Camden Water Recycling Plant Upgrade Australia50 –

Downer-Carey Mining JV

(ii)

Management of run of mine and ore

rehandling services

Australia– 46

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd &

CPB Contractors Pty Ltd

(i)

Warringah Freeway Upgrade ProjectAustralia33 –

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & McConnell

Dowell Constructors (Aust) Pty Ltd

(i)

Waurn Ponds DuplicationAustralia50–

Downer Electrical GHD JV

(iii)

Traffic control infrastructureAustralia90 90

Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia50 50

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Memorial Park Alliance)

Design and build of the New Zealand

National War Memorial Park

New Zealand50 50

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Mt Messenger Project)

Design and build of the Mt Messenger ProjectNew Zealand50 50

Downer MCD Wynyard Edge JV

(Americas Cup Project)

Design and build on Americas Cup ProjectNew Zealand50 50

Downer Seymour Whyte JV Road constructionAustralia50 50

Downer York Joint Venture

(ii)

Tramline extensionAustralia– 50

Downtown Infrastructure

Development Project JV

Downtown infrastructure

development program

New Zealand33 33

Gumala Downer Joint Venture

(ii)

Contract mining servicesAustralia– 50

Hatch Downer JV

(ii)

Design and construction of solvent

extraction plant

Australia– 50

HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia50 50

109Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Ownership interest

Country of

operation

2022

%

2021

%

John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer

Utilities Australia Pty Ltd Partnership

Operation of water recycling plant at MackayAustralia50 50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand50 50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture

(Russley Road)

Road constructionNew Zealand50 50

NEWest AllianceConstruction activities as part

of Perth’s METRONET program

Australia50 50

North Canterbury Transport Infrastructure

Economic Recovery Alliance ‘NCTIER’ JV

Kaikoura earthquake worksNew Zealand25 25

Safety Focused Performance JVWater and sewerage capital worksAustralia45 45

Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia50 50

Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia50 50

VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia50 50

Waanyi ReGen JV

(ii)

Rehab contract servicesAustralia– 50

WDJV Unit Trust

(ii)

Contract mining servicesAustralia– 50

Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand50 50

(i) Joint operation entered into during the year ended 30 June 2022.

(ii) Joint operation disposed/terminated during the year ended 30 June 2022.

(iii) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of this joint operation.

Recognition and measurement

Proportionate consolidation

Joint operations

Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising

the share of those assets and liabilities.

F2. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia

A E Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd

(vii)

A E Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd

(vii)

A.E. Smith & Son Proprietary Limited

(vii)

AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd

(vii)

A.E. Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd

(vii)

A.E. Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)

A.E. Smith Service Pty Ltd

(vii)

ACN 009 173 040 Pty Ltd

AGIS Group Pty Limited

Airparts Fabrication Pty Ltd

(vii)

Airparts Fabrication Unit Trust

(vii)

Airparts Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)

Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited

Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited

Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited

Aladdins Holdings Pty. Limited

ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited

Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited

Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd

Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd

Bonnyrigg Management Pty. Limited

Cleandomain Proprietary Limited

Cleanevent Australia Pty. Ltd.

Cleanevent Holdings Pty. Limited

Cleanevent International Pty. Limited

Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd

DM Road Services Pty Ltd

DMH Electrical Services Pty Ltd

DMH Maintenance and Technology Services Pty Ltd

DMH Plant Services Pty Ltd

Downer Australia Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

110
| Downer EDI Limited

F2. Controlled entities – continued

Australia – continued

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd

Downer PipeTech Pty Limited

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd

Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd

Emerald ESP Pty Ltd

(vii)

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Envar Engineers and Contractors Pty Ltd

(vii)

Envar Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)

Envar Installation Pty Ltd

(vii)

Envar Service Pty Ltd

(vii)

Envista Pty Limited

Errolon Pty Ltd

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd

Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd

Fowlers Asphalting Pty. Limited

(vi)

Gippsland Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

(vi)

Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd

International Linen Service Pty Ltd

LNK Group Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

Maclab Services Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

Monteon Pty Ltd

National Community Enterprises

(iv)


(vii)

Nationwide Venue Management Pty Limited

New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd

NG-Serv Pty Ltd

Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd

Otraco International Pty Ltd

(v)

Otracom Pty Ltd

(v)

Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Ltd

Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty. Ltd.

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

Riley Shelley Services Pty Limited

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

RPQ Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Mackay Pty Ltd

RPQ North Coast Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Pty Ltd

RPQ Services Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Spray Seal Pty. Ltd.

Skilltech Consulting Services Pty. Ltd.

Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd.

Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Financing Pty Limited

Spotless Group Holdings Limited

Spotless Group Limited

Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd

Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd

Spotless Services Australia Limited

Spotless Services International Pty Ltd

Spotless Services Limited

Spotless Treasury Pty Limited

SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd

SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd

SSL Security Services Pty Ltd

Tarmac Linemarking Pty Ltd

(vi)

Taylors Two Two Seven Pty Ltd

Trenchless Group Pty Ltd

Trico Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

UAM Pty Ltd

Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd

Utility Services Group Limited

VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd

VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific

AF Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust

DGL Investments Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Pte Limited

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Limited

Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited

(viii)

Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities PNG Limited

(iv)

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Hawkins Limited

Hawkins Project 1 Limited

ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Pte Limited

111Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited

Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited

Techtel Training & Development Limited

The Roading Company Limited

Underground Locators Limited

(viii)

Waste Solutions Limited

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Africa

Downer EDI Mining - Ghana Limited

Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited

MD Mineral Technologies Africa (Pty) Ltd

(ix)

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

(v)

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

(ii)

Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited

(v)

Asia

Chang Chun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Cleanevent Middle East FZ LLC

(iii)

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia

PT Otraco Indonesia

(iii)

Americas

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para

Processamento de Minerais LTD

Mineral Technologies, Inc.

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda

Otraco Chile SA

(v)

United Kingdom and Channel Islands

KHSA Limited

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

(iii)

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

(iii)

Sillars Holdings Limited

(iii)

Sillars Road Construction Limited

(iii)

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited

(iii)

Works Infrastructure Limited

(iii)

(i) 70% ownership interest.

(ii) Entity disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

The Group had 74% ownership interest prior to its disposal.

(iii) Entity is currently undergoing liquidation/dissolution.

(iv) Entity liquidated/de-registered during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

(v) Entity disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

(vi) Entity acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

(vii) Entity does not form part of the tax-consolidated group of which Downer EDI

Limited is the head entity.

(viii) Entity amalgamated into Downer New Zealand Limited during the financial

year ended 30 June 2022.

(ix) MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd. changed its name to MD Mineral

Technologies Africa (Pty) Ltd during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

F3. Related party information

(a) Transactions with controlled entities

Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled

entities by the parent entity are included within total assets and

liabilities balances as disclosed in Note F4.

Other transactions which occurred during the financial year

between the parent entity and controlled entities, as well as

between entities in the Group, were on normal arm’s length

commercial terms.

(b) Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled

entities are disclosed in Note F2.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and

associate entities

Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate

entities are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities

of a number of these entities are conducted under joint

venture arrangements. Associated entities conduct business

transactions with various controlled entities. Such transactions

include purchases and sales, dividends and interest. All such

transactions are conducted on the basis of normal arm’s length

commercial terms.

(c) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

112
| Downer EDI Limited

F4. Parent entity disclosures

(a) Financial position

Company

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Assets

Current assets24.1 19.8

Non-current assets2,774.82,883.8

Total assets2,798.92,903.6

Liabilities

Current liabilities30.174.6

Non-current liabilities5.8 4.2

Total liabilities35.978.8

Net assets2,763.0 2,824.8

Equity

Issued capital2,481.6 2,624.0

Retained earnings253.5 190.1

Reserves27.9 10.7

Total equity2,763.0 2,824.8

The parent entity was in a net current liabilities position largely due to the recognition of the fair value on the Downer Contingent

Share Options (DCSO) of $13.7 million financial instrument at reporting date which would be settled in equity. The parent entity

can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due since it has the ability to control the timing of the funding from its

controlled entities.

(b) Financial performance

Company

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Profit for the year228.7 244.2

Total comprehensive income228.7 244.2

(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during

the financial year.

(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2022 (2021: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9 to the

financial statements.

(e) Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity

The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2022 (2021: nil).

113Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
F5. Acquisition of businesses

Current year acquisitions

Fowlers

On 30 November 2021, the Group acquired 100% of Fowlers

Asphalting Pty. Limited, Gippsland Asphalt Pty. Ltd. and Tarmac

Linemarking Pty Ltd (‘Fowlers’) for total consideration of

$25.9 million. Total consideration for this acquisition comprises

$24.0 million cash paid (net of $0.6 million cash balances

acquired) and $1.3 million deferred consideration. The fair

value of the acquired net assets amounts to $18.1 million

resulting in goodwill of $7.8 million being recognised. Fowlers

is an asphalting and civil construction business operating in

the Gippsland area of Victoria. The acquisition accounting for

Fowlers remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2022.

Goodwill from acquisition

The goodwill resulting from the above acquisition represents

the future market development, expected revenue growth

opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits

of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised

separately from goodwill because they do not meet the

recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Other

During the year, deferred consideration payments of $0.1 million

were made (2021: $14.3 million) in relation to acquisitions

completed in previous periods.

Prior year acquisitions

Other

The purchase of the remaining Spotless shares not already owned

in the year ended 30 June 2021 did not represent an acquisition

of a business as the Group already controlled this entity.

Measurement of fair values

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value

of material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset/liability

acquiredValuation technique

Trade receivables

and contract assets

Cost technique – considers the expected

economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant

and equipment

Market comparison technique and cost

technique – the valuation model considers

quoted market prices for similar items

when available and current replacement

cost when appropriate.

Intangible assetsMulti-period excess earnings method –

considers the present value of net cash

flows expected to be generated by the

customer contracts and relationships,

intellectual property and brand names,

excluding any cash flows related to

contributory assets. For the valuation of

certain brand names, discounted cash

flow under the relief from royalty valuation

methodology has been utilised.

Trade payables and

other payables

Cost technique – considers the expected

economic outflow of resources when due.

Asset/liability

acquiredValuation technique

BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected

economic outflow of resources when due.

ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable

economic outflow of resources when the

obligation arises.

Recognition and measurement

Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the

acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at

fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in

profit or loss.

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the

Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is

remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date

when the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss,

if any, is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from

interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have

previously been recognised in other comprehensive income

are reclassified to profit or loss where such treatment would be

appropriate if that interest were disposed of or control of the

acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of

contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement

period adjustments depends on how the contingent

consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is

classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting

dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within

equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or

liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the

corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non-controlling interest

The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to

recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either

at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the

acquired entity’s net identifiable assets/(liabilities).

Key estimate and judgement: Acquisition

of businesses

Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires judgement

and estimates in determining the fair value of acquired assets

and liabilities. The relevant accounting standard allows the

fair value of assets acquired to be refined in a window of a

year after the acquisition date and judgement is required to

ensure that the adjustments made reflect new information

obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of

the acquisition date. The adjustments made to the fair value

of assets are retrospective in nature and have an impact on

goodwill recognised on acquisition.

114
| Downer EDI Limited

F6. Disposal of businesses

Current year divestments

Disposal of Mining businesses

Open Cut Mining East business

On 11 October 2021, Downer entered into an agreement to sell its Open Cut Mining East business to an Australian subsidiary

of PT Bukit Makmur Mandiri Utama (BUMA), a large Mining services provider in Indonesia, for gross proceeds of $150 million.

The sale included the transfer of assets (including fleet and inventory) and liabilities; and the novation of the existing contracts

to BUMA. Downer received an initial deposit of $16 million at that date. On 17 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining East

was completed and Downer received the remaining purchase price. As at 30 June 2022, net proceeds (after transaction costs)

of $131.0 million had been received with a $64.7 million pre-tax loss on disposal recognised.

Otraco business

On 26 April 2021, an agreement was reached for the sale of Mining’s tyre management business (Otraco) to Bridgestone

Corporation (Bridgestone). Otraco was disclosed as a disposal group held for sale in the Group’s 2021 Annual Report.

On 1 December 2021, the sale of Otraco was completed and Downer received net proceeds (after transaction costs)

of $75.1 million and recorded a net pre-tax gain on disposal of $47.4 million.

The below table summarises the impact of divestments during the 2022 financial year:

2022

$’mNote

Mining

Divestments

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)221.8

Less cash disposed(15.7)

Proceeds net of disposal costs

(i)

206.1

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)221.8

Cash and cash equivalents15.7

Trade receivables and contract assets40.4

Property, plant and equipment

(ii)

174.1

Right-of-use assets

(iii)

41.7

Intangible assets

(iv)

0.5

Inventories40.3

Current tax assets1.7

Deferred tax assets9.2

Prepayments and other assets0.7

Assets disposed324.3

Trade payables and contract liabilities5.9

Lease liabilities

(v)

43.2

Employee benefits provision38.5

Other provisions0.2

Liabilities disposed87. 8

Net assets disposed236.5

Add non-controlling interest disposed4.6

Less FCTR held on businesses disposed7. 2

(Loss) on disposal before taxB3(17. 3)

(i) A further $39.3 million proceeds in relation to Open Cut Mining West and Blasting businesses disposed during FY21 have been received during the year.

Total divestment proceeds received as at 30 June 2022 amounts to $245.4 million.

(ii) A further $9.4 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note C5.

(iii) A further $2.2 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note C6.

(iv) $0.5 million of Otraco intangible assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note C7.

(v) A further $2.4 million of Otraco lease liabilities classified as Liabilities Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Annual Report 2021.

115Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Prior year divestments

Disposal of Mining businesses

Disposal of Downer Blasting Services (DBS) business

On 18 November 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to

sell its blasting services business (Downer Blasting Services

or DBS) to Enaex S.A. (a subsidiary of Sigdo Koppers Group

(Chile)) for gross proceeds of $62.0 million. The transaction was

completed on 1 March 2021 with net proceeds (after transaction

costs) of $59.1 million and net gain on disposal of $6.5 million.

Disposal of Open Cut Mining West business

On 15 December 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to

sell its Western Australian open cut mining business (Open

Cut Mining West) to MACA Limited for gross proceeds of

$175 million. The sale included the transfer of certain assets

(including fleet and inventory) and liabilities; and the novation of

the existing contracts to MACA. On classification as a disposal

group held for sale, the Group recognised a $20.2 million

impairment to adjust the carrying value of the assets to its

expected recoverable value. Refer to Note B3.

On 1 February 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining West was

completed. Downer received an initial payment of $109.0

million, with an additional $66.0 million to be received in 12

equal monthly instalments of $5.5 million commencing in

February 2021. As at 30 June 2021, net proceeds of $133.5

million had been received with a $14.4 million pre-tax loss on

disposal recognised.

Disposal of Underground

On 4 March 2021, Downer completed the transition of

underground mining services at OZ Minerals’ Carrapateena

mine to Byrnecut Australia. The transition included the

transfer of equipment from Downer to Byrnecut for $56

million (representing book value). Net proceeds received

(after transaction costs with the unwinding of working capital)

amounted to $59.6 million with a net pre-tax loss on disposal of

$4.8 million recognised.

Disposal of Snowden

During the year, Downer disposed of its Snowden

Consulting business.

The sale of Snowden Consulting was completed on 15 July 2020

to Datamine for a net consideration of $7.5 million with a net

gain on disposal of $5.6 million recognised.

Disposal of RTL JV

On 28 August 2020, Mining disposed its 44% interest in RTL

JV to Thiess for a total gross consideration of $18.9 million,

representing a gain on disposal of $10.7 million.

Divestment of 70% of the Laundries business

On 2 December 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to sell

70% of its Laundries business to an Australian private equity

firm, Adamantem Capital (Adamantem) for $139.6 million (net of

transaction costs). The sale was completed on 31 March 2021.

Upon completion of this transaction, Downer ceased to

consolidate the Laundries business on 31 March 2021 and

recognised its remaining interest in the Laundries business of

30% as an equity accounted investment. Refer to Note F1(a).

As at 30 June 2021, net proceeds of $136.2 million had been

received with a $16.2 million pre-tax loss on disposal recognised.

116
| Downer EDI Limited

F6. Disposal of businesses – continued

Prior year divestments – continued

The below table summarises the impact of divestments during the 2021 financial year:

2021

$’mNoteLaundries

Mining

DivestmentsTo t a l

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)139.6 260.6 400.2

Less cash disposed(3 .4)(0.9)(4 . 3)

Proceeds net of disposal costs136.2 259.7 395.9

Deferred consideration– 39.2 39.2

Additional associate interest acquiredF133.4 – 33.4

Total proceeds on disposal169.6 298.9 468.5

Cash and cash equivalents3.4 0.9 4.3

Trade receivables and contract assets30.7 37.6 68.3

Property, plant and equipmentC5180.1 160.7 340.8

Right-of-use assetsC626.1 29.1 55.2

Intangible assetsC723.6 – 23.6

Other assets1.4 0.5 1.9

Inventories3.7 74.4 78.1

Lease receivables– 60.6 60.6

Deferred tax assets19.7 5.1 24.8

Assets disposed288.7 368.9 6 57.6

Trade payables and contract liabilities11.3 16.1 27.4

Lease liabilities59.7 29.5 89.2

Employee benefits provision13.9 16.4 30.3

Other provisions– 0.8 0.8

Deferred tax liabilities14.6 0.7 15.3

Liabilities disposed99.5 63.5 163.0

Net assets disposed189.2 305.4 494.6

FCTR held on businesses disposed– 1.5 1.5

(Loss) on disposal before taxB3(16.2)( 7.1)(23.3)

G
Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards and

other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure.

This disclosure provides information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge

the underlying exposure to changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

117Notes to the consolidated financial statements |

G1. New accounting standards

(a) New and amended accounting standards adopted

by the Group

During the year, the Group has applied a number of new

and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily

effective for an accounting period that begins on or after

1 July 2021, as follows:

§ AASB 2020-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2.

§AASB 2021-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions Beyond

30 June 2021.

§IFRIC agenda decisions on Costs Necessary to Sell

Inventories.

None of the above new and amended accounting standards

have had a significant impact on the Group's consolidated

financial statements.

(b) New accounting standards and interpretations

not yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and

interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are

available for early adoption but have not been applied by the

Group in this Financial Report.

§AASB 2020-1 and 2020-6 Classification of Liabilities as

Current or Non-current.

§AASB 2020-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and

Other Amendments.

§AASB 2021-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition

of Accounting Estimates.

§AASB 2021-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities

arising from a Single Transaction.

§AASB 17 Insurance Contracts

§AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an

Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture.

Management continues to assess the impact of AASB 17

Insurance Contracts on the Group, and has not yet quantified

the effect of the new standard. These new or amended

standards’ impacts are not expected to have a significant

impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements

when they are adopted.

118
| Downer EDI Limited

G2. Capital and financial risk management

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity.

The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the

amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing

new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to

safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it

can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, provide

adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate

capital structure to optimise its cost of capital and maintain

an investment grade credit rating to ensure ongoing access

to funding.

A buy-back of Downer’s shares was announced to the

market on 27 April 2021 and the buy-back commenced on

8 June 2021. As of 30 June 2022, a total of 28,365,995 shares

were purchased for total consideration of $167.4 million,

funded by the Group’s cash reserves.

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity

and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign

exchange, interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty

credit risk.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial

instruments to manage its exposures including:

(i) Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange

rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign

income and debt service obligations

(ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest

rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency

denominated borrowings

(iii) Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk

(iv) Commodity forward contracts to manage commodity price

movements in contracts.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial

instruments for speculative purposes.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount

reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position,

when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised

amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or

realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. No

material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(c) Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in

foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate

fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within

approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange

contracts and cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s unhedged foreign

currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities

at the reporting date are as follows:

Financial

assets

(i)

Financial

liabilities

(i)

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

US Dollar (USD)1.3 2.3 – –

Euro (EUR)0.6 – 2.3 –

(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in

Australian dollar equivalent.

Foreign currency forward contracts

The following table summarises, by currency pairs, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange

contracts outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

2022


2021 2022

FC'm

2021

FC'm

2022

$'m

2021

$'m

2022

$'m

2021

$'m

Buy USD/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.7217 0.7728 7. 2 5.1 10.0 6.7 0.5 0.2

3 to 6 months0.7305 0.7729 9.6 12.1 13.1 15.7 0.8 0.4

Later than 6 months0.7387 0.7593 7.5 2.8 10.1 3.7 0.7 –

24.3 20.0 33.2 26.1 2.0 0.6

Sell USD/Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.7194 0.7755 3.5 5.8 4.9 7.4 (0.2)(0. 2)

3 to 6 months0.7431 0.7625 12.4 6.9 16.7 9.1 (1.2)(0.1)

Later than 6 months0.7225 0.7777 8.8 29.9 12.2 38.5 (0.5)(1.3)

24.7 42.6 33.8 55.0 (1.9)(1.6)

119Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

2022 2021


2022

FC’m

2021

FC’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Buy EUR/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.6530 0.6356 3.8 4.1 5.9 6.4 (0.2)–

3 to 6 months0.6304 0.6127 1.0 1.6 1.6 2.7 (0.1)(0.1)

Later than 6 months0.6260 0.6208 0.8 2.1 1.2 3.4 – –

5.6 7. 8 8.7 12.5 (0.3)(0.1)

Buy JPY/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months86.14 78.50 584.6 138.5 6.8 1.8 (0.6)(0.1)

3 to 6 months89.82 7 7.4 4 75.6 80.5 0.8 1.0 – (0.1)

Later than 6 months82.77 84.02 342.4 463.0 4.1 5.5 (0.4)0.1

1,002.6 682.0 11.7 8.3 (1.0)(0.1)

Sell JPY/Buy AUD

Less than 3 months87.97 78.27 515.9 116.7 5.9 1.5 0.4 0.1

3 to 6 months– 83.01 – 12.8 – 0.2 – –

Later than 6 months80.02 83.79 51.3 301.2 0.6 3.6 0.1 –

567. 2 430.7 6.5 5.3 0.5 0.1

Buy NZD/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months1.0992 1.0767 45.0 190.0 40.9 176.5 (0.3)0.4

Sell NZD/Buy AUD

Less than 3 months– 1.0746 – 10.0 – 9.3 – –

Buy GBP/Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.5669 0.5625 0.4 1.9 0.6 3.4 – 0.1

Later than 6 months0.5291 0.5653 0.7 1.5 1.3 2.7 (0.1)0.1

1.1 3.4 1.9 6.1 (0.1)0.2

To t a l(1.1)(0.5)

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest

amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk

of adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

AUD equivalent

interest rate

(including

credit margin)

Weighted average

exchange rateContract valueFair value

2022

%

2021

%

20222021


2022

$’m

2021

$’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Buy USD/Sell AUD

1 to 5 years5.9 5.9 0.7739 0.7739129.2 129.2 14.7 (2.1)

Buy JPY/Sell AUD

5 years or more5.2 5.2 83.12 83.12 120.3 120.3 ( 7. 8)(20.7)

The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

120
| Downer EDI Limited

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the movement in United States dollar (USD) and New Zealand dollar (NZD) arising from

cross-border trade and intercompany flows.

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies.

The percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates

(i.e. forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding

foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in

foreign exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease

in profit and equity.

Profit/(loss)

(i)

Equity

(ii)

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

USD impact

- 15% rate change0.2 0.4 (0.2)(4 .7 )

+ 15% rate change(0.1)(0.3)0.2 3.5

NZD impact

- 15% rate change– – 7. 2 19.7

+ 15% rate change– – (5.3)(14.6)

(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of unhedged foreign currency denominated financial asset and liabilities.

(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

(d) Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. Management of this risk is governed

by a Board approved Treasury Policy and is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings

and hedging is undertaken through cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts and the issue of long-term

fixed rate debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average AUD

equivalent interest rate

(including credit margin)Liability/(asset)

2022

%

2021

%

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank loans1.8 1.2 7.0 45.0

Cash and cash equivalents0.3 0.3 (738.5)(811 .4)

Total cash flow exposure (731.5)( 76 6 .4)

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

(i)

2.0 3.0 568.0 407.7

USD private placement notes

(i)

5.9 5.9 130.5 135.2

AUD private placement notes5.8 5.8 30.0 30.0

Medium term notes

(i)

3.6 3.9 622.9 901.8

Total fair value exposure 1,351.4 1,474.7

(i) The marked to market values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.

121Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes

and JPY medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be

on a floating rate basis.

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under

these contracts, the Group commits to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on

notional principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the

reporting date.

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to

fixed swap contracts

Weighted average

interest rate

Notional principal

amountFair value

2022

%

2021

%

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

2022

$’m

2021

$’m

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year0.7 1.2 575.0 270.0 5.4 (1.0)

1 to 2 years3.3 1.3 225.0 135.0 1.5 (1.7)

800.0 405.0 6.9 (2.7)

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the

exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming

that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial

year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period.

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates

of 100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant

currencies. The selected basis point increase or decrease

represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change

in interest rates on variable rate instruments, cross-currency

interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps. An increase in

interest rates of 100 basis points on the unhedged position

(mostly cash and cash equivalents) will generate a profit of

$7.3 million (2021: $7.7 million profit) to the profit or loss; a similar

decrease in interest rates will generate a loss of $7.3 million

(2021: $7.7 million loss) to the profit or loss.

For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges,

an increase and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis

points will generate an increase and decrease in equity

of $5.8 million (2021: $2.0 million) and $5.6 million

(2021: $3.5 million) respectively.

(e) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will

default on its contractual obligations in respect of a financial

instrument, resulting in a potential loss to the Group.

Trade receivables and contract assets arise from a large

number of customers, spread across diverse industries and

geographical areas. A credit risk assessment is performed at

the onset of material contracts to assess the financial condition

of the counterparty and reviewed annually to take account

of any changes in the risk profile of the counterparty. Where

possible, a bank guarantee or performance bond, or parent

guarantee from a creditworthy counterparty, is sought to secure

a counterparty’s contractual payment obligations. Refer to

Note C2 for details on credit risk arising from trade receivables

and contract assets.

Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit

acceptability of financial counterparties are set by a Board

approved Treasury Policy that is subject to annual review to

ensure it remains relevant to the external environment and

reflects the Group’s risk appetite at all times. The Treasury

Policy sets clear parameters for determining acceptable

financial counterparties and limits the exposure the Group

may have at any one time to any financial counterparties to

mitigate financial loss due to a default by a counterparty.

No material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the

non-performance of any financial counterparty.

Credit risk on derivative financial instruments and cash

balances held with financial counterparties is managed by

Group Treasury with transactions only made with approved

counterparties that have a minimum investment grade rating

from Standard & Poor’s of A- (or equivalent from Moody’s or

Fitch rating agencies). In limited circumstances, surplus cash

may be held in foreign jurisdictions with financial counterparties

that do not meet the minimum rating threshold where there is

no other alternative.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial

statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the

Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

122
| Downer EDI Limited

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(f) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s liquidity risk

is managed under a Board approved Treasury Policy that sets clear parameters governing the Group’s continued access to liquidity.

The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring a minimum level of liquidity is available to meet the Group’s financial obligations in

the form of available liquid cash balances and access to committed undrawn debt facilities and other forms of capital, monitoring

forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities.

The Group seeks to mitigate its exposure to liquidity risk by ensuring that debt facilities are provided by strong investment

grade rated financial counterparties and by the early refinancing of debt facilities to ensure continued access to capital over

the medium term.

As at 30 June 2022, the Group has no debt facilities maturing within the 12 months to 30 June 2023. The maturity profile and

quantum of the Group’s debt facilities will continue to be monitored and refinanced in advance subject to credit market conditions

and the support of its financial counterparties. Included in Note E2 is a summary of committed undrawn bank loan facilities.

Liquidity risk tables

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted

cash flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.

2022

$'m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More than

5 years

Bank loans

(i)

1.5 100.0 182.0 – – 300.0

USD notes6.6 6.6 6.6 148.5 – –

AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 – –

Medium term notes19.7 19.7 19.7 519.7 1.2 113.5

Total borrowings including interest29.5 128.0 210.0 699.1 1.2 413.5

Cross-currency interest rate swaps6.0 6.0 6.1 (10.5)5.1 44.2

Interest rate swaps(5.4)(1.5)(0.4)– – –

Foreign currency forward contracts1.8 0.1 (0.1)– – –

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

2.4 4.6 5.6 (10.5)5.1 44.2

Trade payables785.0 – – – – –

Lease liabilities148.2 111.8 80.4 64.1 48.9 169.5

Total financial liabilities965.1244.4296.0752.755.2627. 2

2021

$'m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More than

5 years

Bank loans

(i)

51.8 100.0 – – – 300.0

USD notes6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 136.1 –

AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 –

Medium term notes281.1 19.8 19.8 19.8 519.8 129.7

Total borrowings including interest340.7 127.6 27.6 27.6 686.8 429.7

Cross-currency interest rate swaps6.5 6.4 6.4 6.5 1.8 34.3

Interest rate swaps3.1 0.3 – – – –

Foreign currency forward contracts0.7 0.1 – – – –

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

10.3 6.8 6.4 6.5 1.8 34.3

Trade payables670.5 – – – – –

Lease liabilities182.2 138.6 107. 8 80.3 55.5 214.0

Total financial liabilities1,203.7273.0141. 8114.4744.1678.0

(i) $582 million (2021: $450 million) of the bank loan liabilities relate to loan principal obligations with the balance relating to interest obligations for the current quarterly or

monthly drawn profile. Interest obligations beyond the respective loan rollover dates are set by reference to the quarterly or monthly floating interest rate at the time of the

respective loan rollover. As these rates have not yet been quantified, the interest obligations for these liabilities beyond the current rollover period have not been disclosed.

(ii) Includes assets and liabilities.

123Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are

subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of

derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are immediately recognised in profit or loss.

Hedge accounting

AASB 9 aligns the accounting for hedging instruments closely with the Group’s risk management objectives and strategy and

applies a more qualitative and forward-looking approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. The Group has elected to adopt the

general hedge accounting model in AASB 9. AASB 9 includes requirements on rebalancing hedge relationships and prohibiting

voluntary discontinuation of hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.

For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or

liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued when

the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash flow

hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to the

ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. When

the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains and losses previously

deferred in equity are transferred to form part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised

immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge

accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2022

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

Current Non-current Current Non-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets15.7 5.6– –

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates0.3 – 3.6 –

Deferred consideration4.5 – 0.2 1.3

20.5 5.63.8 1.3

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge2.2 0.4 3.6 0.3

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge5.5 17.0 5.3 3.4

Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument– – 13.7 –

7.7 17. 4 22.6 3.7

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI– 9.7– –

– 9.7 – –

To t a l28.2 32.7 26.4 5.0

124
| Downer EDI Limited

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

2021

$'m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

Current Non-current Current Non-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets18.8 5.7 – –

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates3.2 – 3.6 –

Deferred consideration39.2 – 0.1 0.2

61.2 5.7 3.7 0.2

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.5 0.1 2.0 0.2

Commodity forward contract – Cash flow hedge– – 2.4 –

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge– – 7.6 17. 9

Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument– – 33.3 –

1.5 0.1 45.3 18.1

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI– 2.0 – –

– 2.0 – –

To t a l62.7 7. 8 49.0 18.3

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

The fair value of Level 3 investments has increased by $7.7 million from prior year (2021: no change) due to the $7.5 million

investment in Evolution Rail (HCMT project) and $0.2 million revaluation of an investment.

Recognition and measurement

Fair value measurement

When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the

derivative is recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of

changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments

For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:

§Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

§Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset

or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)

§Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant unobservable

inputs used:

Ty p eValuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input

Cross-currency and

interest rate swaps

Calculated using the present value of the estimated

future cash flows based on observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Foreign currency

forward contracts

Calculated using forward exchange rates prevailing

at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Unquoted equity

investments

Calculated based on the Group’s interest in the net

assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard to future expected

revenues and discount rates. Changing the inputs

to the valuations to reasonably possible alternative

assumptions would not significantly change the

amounts recognised in profit or loss, total assets or

total liabilities, or total equity.

Directors’ Declaration
for the year ended 30 June 2022

125Directors’ Declaration |

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 61 to 124 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001

(Cth), including:

(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting

requirements; and

(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the

Company and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due

and payable;

(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

M P Chellew

Chairman

Sydney, 17 August 2022

Sustainability Performance Summary 2022
126

| Downer EDI Limited

Downer’s Sustainability Approach

At Downer, sustainability means sustainable and profitable

growth, providing value to our customers, delivering our

services in a safe and environmentally responsible manner,

helping our people to be better and advancing the communities

in which we operate. Downer recognises that sustainability is

vital for securing long-term environmental, economic and social

viability and understands its role in contributing to a sustainable

future for communities to prosper.

Downer’s sustainability strategy is integrated into its

business strategy which is shaped by its four Pillars: Safety;

Delivery; Relationships; and Thought Leadership. Downer’s

commitment to sustainability is outlined on the Downer

website and within the Sustainability Report located

at www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.

Downer leverages its understanding of Environment, Social

and Governance mega-trends and key material sustainability

issues to drive innovation and identify new sources of growth

and revenue for the business. Downer operates in sectors that

are closely connected to the investment that is being driven

by population growth and urbanisation. These sectors include

roads, rail, light rail, other public transport, power, gas, water,

telecommunications, health, education, defence and other

government sectors.

These sectors are served by Downer’s Urban Services

businesses – Transport, Utilities, and Facilities. These

businesses have demonstrated strength and resilience, hold

market-leading positions and attractive medium-term and

long-term growth opportunities. They have a high proportion

of government and government-related contracts and a capital

light, services-based business model, with a lower risk profile

and are generating more predictable revenues and cash flows.

Downer’s Urban Services strategy delivers many environmental

and social benefits including a move to lower capital intensive

and lower carbon activities which supports Downer’s

decarbonisation pathway. Downer completed the sale of

its Open Cut Mining East business in December 2021. This

completed the divestment of Downer’s former Mining Service

Business Unit.

Downer is proud of the role we play in creating more sustainable

cities and improving the quality of life in Australia and New

Zealand. Our customers trust us to deliver these services, which

will have a direct impact on their customers every day.

With our services impacting millions of lives every day, the

sustainability of our operations is paramount – for our people,

our partners, our shareholders, our customers and their

customers. We deliver these services while managing the

impacts of our activities on the environment and communities

in which we operate, and working collaboratively with our supply

chain. We understand that our ability to do this is fundamental

to Downer’s long-term success.

Downer’s ESG Reporting Approach

Downer prepares its Sustainability Report with reference to the

Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards to provide investors

with comparable information relating to environmental, social

and governance (ESG) performance. Specifically, Downer’s

approach takes into consideration the GRI’s principles for

informing report content: materiality, completeness, and

sustainability context and stakeholder inclusiveness. A key

focus is to demonstrate how Downer delivers sustainable

returns while managing risk and being responsible in how

it operates.

Downer seeks to identify the issues that have the greatest

potential to impact its future success and returns to

shareholders. In FY21, Downer revisited its materiality

assessment in line with the GRI Standards via a rigorous

independently-led process to formally engage internal and

external stakeholders to understand what they believe are

the material sustainability issues for Downer and inform

the identification of its material issues by economic, social,

environmental and governance.

The materiality assessment provided key sustainability insights

for Downer’s strategy and frames the content for this year’s

Sustainability Report. The results were positive with strong

alignment between internal and external stakeholder views.

Downer continues to refine its material issues list as a result

of changes in the organisation, and the market in which it

operates. Downer typically undertakes a comprehensive

materiality assessment every two to three years or when there

have been significant or material changes within the business.

For example, Downer’s last materiality assessment in 2021 took

into consideration the divestment of the Laundries and Mining

Services businesses. A desktop review of the results from our

2021 assessment was undertaken this year, with no significant

changes to the business.

127Sustainability Performance Summary |
The material issues ranked in order of importance

for Downer and its stakeholders are:

1. Health, safety and wellbeing

2. Governance and ethical conduct

3. Economic performance

4. Customer relationships

5. Contractor management

6. Climate change

7. Cybersecurity

8. Business resilience

9. Employee development and engagement

10. Diversity and inclusion

11. Community engagement, impact and development

12. Human rights (including modern slavery)

13. Supply chain management

Further information including the Materiality process

undertaken is available on Downer’s website and

within the 2022 Sustainability Report located

at www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.

Governance and Risk Management

The Downer Board, through its oversight functions, has verified

that Downer appropriately considers Environmental, Social

and Governance (ESG) risks including those related to climate

change. In fulfilling this function, the Downer Board also receives

oversight from Downer’s Zero Harm Board Committee, Audit

and Risk Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation Committee and

Disclosure Committee. ESG related risks and opportunities are

incorporated into Downer’s broader corporate strategy, planning

and risk management processes.

The Downer Board recognises that an integrated approach

to managing ESG risks and opportunities is essential. This has

been reflected in the strengthening of Downer’s governance

and increased focus in both Board and Executive forums

throughout the 2022 financial year. Managing our business to

be sustainable over the long term has always been front of mind

for Downer’s Board.

ESG risks and opportunities are governed as part of Downer’s

Group Risk and Opportunity Management Framework and

Project Risk Management Framework. Downer identifies,

manages and discloses material climate-related risks as part

of Downer’s standard business practices, and, in accordance

with the Group and Business Unit strategies, which apply to

everyone at Downer.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the Company’s Zero Harm and sustainability governance

requirements. Downer maintained its centralised third-party

accreditation to the International Standards ISO 45001

(Safety), ISO 9001 (Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment).

This gives Downer a single system of work for safety, quality

and environment, and a framework to develop, implement and

monitor The Downer Standard.

The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the strategy and

monitors the development and implementation of Downer’s Zero

Harm management systems, improvement and performance

reporting systems, and monitors Downer’s Zero Harm

performance. Effective monitoring occurs through extensive

internal and third-party audit programs, with oversight by both

the Board Zero Harm and Board Audit and Risk Committees.

Other aspects of Downer’s approach to sustainability are

overseen by other relevant corporate governance forums,

for example the Group Diversity Committee.

The method for measuring the Company’s performance

is clearly set out in its governance framework. Short-term

remuneration incentives are offered to senior managers in

relation to the Company’s performance against Zero Harm and

Sustainability targets. These targets include the management

of Downer’s Safety performance (LTIFR and TRIFR), Zero Harm

critical risks, developing improvement plans aligned to the

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals and focusing on

decarbonisation (GHG emissions reductions) in order to achieve

Downer’s science-based target to be net zero by 2050.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance during 2022 is summarised

below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s

2022 Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer

website www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.

Health, Safety and Wellbeing

Downer’s business is founded on a deeply held value of Zero

Harm. Health and safety is Downer’s highest priority, its top

material issue and the first of its strategic pillars. Zero Harm

is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to future

success. Downer’s managers, supervisors and employees

bring this core principle to fruition and actively live it every day,

vigilantly protecting the health and safety of themselves and

others in and around its workplaces.

Downer’s approach to health and safety is built on leading,

innovating, managing risk, rethinking processes, applying lessons

learnt, and adopting and adapting practices that aim to achieve

zero work-related injuries. Downer’s integrated lifecycle approach

is a market differentiator and enables its people to work safely in

industry sectors that may be inherently hazardous. In everything

it does, the health and safety of its people and communities that

it works within is always its top priority.

128
| Downer EDI Limited

Downer’s commitment is enhanced by strong leadership

from senior leaders within the business, who actively engage,

enable and empower its people to work safely, and maintain

safe working environments for themselves and the community.

Downer has a mature safety culture, and it is proud of its

people’s support and commitment to its Zero Harm principles

and practices.

Downer’s Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) for

FY22 was below target at 2.35 which was an improvement on

2.60 in FY21. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

is below target (<0.90) at 0.82, an improvement on 0.99 in FY21.

This is below industry benchmarks published by Safe Work

Australia for all industries which Downer operates in, the lowest

of which relates to Architectural, Engineering and Technical

Services with an LTIFR benchmark of 1.

FY22 Safety Performance

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

0

0.20

0.40

0.60

0.80

1.00

1.20

1.40

1.60

1.80

2.00

TRIFRLTIFR

2018

0.78

2020

0.67

2022

0.82

2019

0.57

2021

0.99

* Note: In 2021 onwards Downer’s Safety Performance includes Spotless and

Hawkins. Safety data for 2018 to 2020 excludes Spotless and Hawkins.

Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in

May 2022 following a fall at work. Although the cause of death

is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace

fatality. This incident is a reminder of the challenges of ensuring

we remain vigilant and relentlessly manage the Critical Risks

associated with the work we do every day.

During FY22, Downer incurred two penalty infringement notices

relating to safety concerns totalling $13,904 (AUD).

§A penalty infringement for $10,904 (AUD) was issued

concerning an alleged technical breach of the Public Health

and Wellbeing Act 2008 (Vic). Downer believed it was in

compliance, in that the scope of work being conducted at

that location was permitted in accordance with the list of

exempted works, and that Downer had received authorisation.

Downer was unsuccessful in its administrative appeal of

the notice and opted to pay the fine rather than pursue

further challenges.

§Downer’s VEC Civil Engineering business was issued with

an infringement notice for $3,000 (AUD) relating to work in

proximity of overhead power lines.

Downer was also charged with a breach of the Heavy Vehicle

National Law Application Act 2013 (Vic) relating to overload

of a heavy vehicle moving stockpile, which required a short

travel on public roads. Downer has entered into an Enforceable

Undertaking with the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator.

Downer partnered with McConnell Dowell in a joint venture

to deliver Stage 2 of the Christchurch Southern Motorway

extension and upgrade (CSM2). On 30 October 2019, a

cyclist was fatally injured in a collision with a concrete truck

delivering concrete to the CSM2 project. As a result, Downer

and McConnell Dowell were charged with one offence under

sections 36(2), 48(1) and 48(2) of the Health and Safety at

Work Act 2015 in relation to the incident. On 22 March 2022,

Work Safe New Zealand accepted an Enforceable Undertaking

from Downer New Zealand Limited which commits to total

expenditure of at least $1,000,000 (NZD) to develop a training

program, support a scoping study, develop a NZQA qualification

and facilitate a cyclist awareness campaign, in order to improve

safety for vulnerable road users.

Strategic initiatives as identified for FY22 have been progressed

and have continued to strive for a more aligned and consistent

approach across the Group. Downer’s strategic program for

health and safety has focused on:

§Continue the consolidation of Critical Risk bow tie analysis

and verification through the Communities of Practice.

§Implement the improvements and outcomes identified by

the Communities of Practice and incorporate them into The

Downer Standard.

§Build on the progress made on The Downer Standard and

extend our consistent approach into deeper layers within the

Company, improving utilisation by the frontline.

§Enriching the quality of our data and utilising emerging

technologies in our strategy and planning activities.

§Roll out Downer’s Enterprise Data Warehouse (EDW) to

provide a foundation for advanced data analytics and

reporting, including the introduction of data science

techniques such as natural language processing and other

forms of machine learning.

§Refine our in-house training programs to reflect The Downer

Standard, and increase the risk management competency of

our workforce.

§Continued delivery of our Foundations of Mental Health

program, which gives an insight into the basic neuroscience

behind the most common mental illnesses, and the

accredited Mental Health First Aid (MHFA) training course

which arms our people with the knowledge and insights

to support themselves, their colleagues, and their family

and friends.

§Continue to monitor all COVID-19 risks and controls and

support government vaccination roll-out strategies.

More comprehensive information on Downer’s approach to

Health, Safety and Wellbeing is provided in Downer’s 2022

Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer

website www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.

129Sustainability Performance Summary |
Environmental Sustainability

Downer is committed to mitigating the impact of its activities

on the natural and built environment.

Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is

measured against the key areas of risk management,

minimising environmental impact, legal compliance, reducing

its operational (Scope 1 and 2) GHG emissions and maximising

resource efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’

businesses. Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:

§Improving Downer’s environmental, social and governance

performance and disclosure, in turn improving ESG

analyst rating scores and project/contract related

sustainability ratings.

§Take a whole-of-life approach when considering initiatives

and specifying materials. Apply Lifecycle Assessment to our

road pavement products.

§Complete a comprehensive review of its critical

environmental risks. This resulted in a standardised set of

critical control verifications that were deployed across the

Group. The combination of the critical risk program, system

improvements to The Downer Standard and the continued

roll-out of environmental awareness training to the workforce

has resulted in improved environmental performance.

§Prepare the business as markets transition to a low

carbon economy.

§Continue efforts to decarbonise Downer’s Fleet in the short

to medium term, balancing supply issue and technology

readiness. Continue to pilot Electric Vehicles (EVs) and

commit to at least three pilot trials of EVs.

§Protect high value biodiversity located on sites Downer owns,

occupies or operates.

§Improve environmental sustainability workforce capability.

Downer achieved its Group-wide target of zero Level 5

1

or

Level 6

2

environmental incidents. There were no significant

environmental incidents

3

(≥ Level 4) during financial year 2022.

In FY22, unfortunately, Downer incurred two penalty

infringement notices totalling $13,617 AUD. On 15 July 2021,

Downer received a Penalty Infringement Notice (PIN) for

the amount of $13,345 AUD from Moreton Bay Council. The

PIN was issued for the contravention of a condition of the

Environmental Authority under the Environmental Protection

Act 1994 involving the uncontrolled release of a contaminant

into a stormwater drain.

1. A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where material harm has occurred

and if costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.

2. A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.

3. A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥ Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material

harm to the environment; or a notifiable incident where there is a spill that results in significant impact or material harm; or there is long-term community irritation

leading to disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.

In December 2021, Downer received a PIN for NZ$300

($272 AUD) from Christchurch City Council. The PIN was issued

for an environmental breach of the Resource Management Act

1991 involving the discharge of sediment latent water into a

stormwater drain.

In June 2022, Utilita, a joint venture between Downer and Ventia,

received a Compliance Notice from Brisbane City Council for

the alleged contravention of the Natural Assets Local Law 2003.

The Compliance Notice included an amount of $16,199.40 (AUD)

to offset the canopy loss due to the interference of native trees

on Council land, where a Brisbane Utilities water asset is being

managed by Utilita. Utilita has formally requested a review of the

decision, and at the time of publishing this report, the outcome

was pending.

Noteworthy achievements for FY22 include:

§Maintained its ‘AA’ MSCI rating and increased its S&P Global

CSA score to be ranked in the 93rd percentile, up from

82nd percentile (fifth position worldwide) in its industry

sector in 2021. S&P Global once again listed Downer in

its Sustainability Yearbook 2021, recognising outstanding

performance. In addition, Downer increased its Carbon

Disclosure Project (CDP) Climate Change score from a C to

a B in the Industrial Support Services category and scored a

B– in the CDP Water Security survey.

§Completed the sale of its Open Cut Mining East business

in December 2021 which completed the divestment of

Downer’s former Mining Services Business Unit. This resulted

in reduction of Downer’s operational emissions by 35% or

206,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.

§Reduced Downer’s absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by

26% and lowered Downer’s GHG emissions intensity by 25%

from 41.4 in FY21 to 31.1 in FY22.

§Achieved FY22 Sustainability Linked Loan Targets for KPI 1,

KPI 3 and KPI 4.

§Performed a full assessment of our Scope 3 emissions

portfolio in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol’s

Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard.

§Continued delivering several Infrastructure Sustainability

rated projects including Warrnambool Line Upgrade

(Victoria), Transport access Program Tranche 3 (New South

Wales), Auckland City Rail Link and the South Australia Road

Maintenance Services contract.

§Business Units achieved the goals and deliverables set within

their Sustainable Development Goal aligned Sustainability

Improvement Plans.

130
| Downer EDI Limited

Climate Change and TCFD Update

Decarbonisation is now recognised as humanity’s greatest

challenge and Downer is well placed to have a significant role

in decarbonising the economy in Australia and New Zealand.

The economics of climate change are rapidly shifting,

presenting significant opportunities for Downer’s services.

Downer’s Urban Services strategy delivers many environmental

and social benefits, including a move to lower capital intensive

and lower carbon activities, supporting Downer’s climate change

resilience and decarbonisation pathway. Downer is committed

to reducing its direct emissions profile and is well positioned to

service our customers through the energy transition essential

for the broader economy to achieve Net Zero by 2050.

Downer accepts the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change’s assessment of the science related to climate change

and supports the Paris Agreement in transitioning to net zero

emissions by 2050 to limit the global temperature increase to

1.5°C by the end of this century. Downer will track its progress

towards its emissions reduction target and review its emission

reduction approach in line with Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change (IPCC) updated scientific reports, whilst

considering other developments in low-emissions technology,

to ensure a practical and affordable transition towards

this commitment.

To guide its ambition, Downer has set an absolute near-term

target of 50% reduction of its Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by

2032 and an absolute near-term target of 30% reduction of its

Scope 3 emissions by 2032. Downer has set a long-term target

to be net zero

1

in Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 2050,

subject to future available technologies. Both the near-term and

the long-term targets have a base year of 2020.

Building on the TCFD disclosures that Downer has made

annually since 2019 and coupled with the changes in Downer’s

business and strategy in FY22 a detailed review of Downer’s

most material climate-related risks and opportunities was

completed. This work reaffirmed that climate change presents

considerable opportunities for Downer, and that these

opportunities increase as efforts to decarbonise accelerate.

The insights and findings from the work undertaken will

continue to inform Downer’s decarbonisation plans and

growth strategies.

Downer also undertook a review of the Taskforce on Climate-

related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) annex, released in October

2021, which updated their implementation guidance. To which,

we have undertaken further work to assess and understand the

decarbonisation financial implications.

1. Net Zero is defined as the mitigation of direct emissions to as low a level as possible and offsetting the remainder through carbon removals. Downer has utilised

the Science Based Target Initiative’s threshold of a 90% reduction in its emissions as being ‘as low a level as possible’.

In FY22, an assessment was commenced to quantify the

estimated financial impact of different climate scenarios on

Downer’s value chain. It also assessed the potential mitigation

costs against the identified risks. There are three key areas

of focus for this work: Downer’s fleet, our asphalt plants, and

the physical climate impacts on Downer’s fixed assets and key

operational locations.

A review was also commenced to review Downer’s current

capital asset decision-making process. This review

has examined opportunities to integrate more formal

climate considerations into Downer’s capital allocation

decision-making process.

In FY23 Downer will enhance its position as a thought leader

in this space by developing and publishing a standalone Climate

Change Report, which will complement this Annual Report and

the Sustainability Report. The Climate Change Report will be

prepared to provide shareholders and potential shareholders

with information on Downer’s climate-related plans. This

includes its strategies to thrive through the energy transition

by summarising our climate-related plans, activities and

disclosures in accordance with the TCFD.

Downer believes its own pathway to Net Zero is essential in

adding credibility to the services we deliver to our customers

to help them decarbonise their own operations. Downer remains

focused on six key areas to ensure we meet our near-term and

long-term science-based target commitments. Downer has a

clear pathway to Net Zero by 2050, which aligns with its Urban

Service Strategy. The six key focus areas include:

1. Increase our focus on core urban services which has seen

a shift from high capital, carbon intensive industries to lower

carbon activities.

2. Continue to focus on energy efficiency and GHG

emission reductions.

3. Decarbonise our fixed assets with new technology and

fuel switching.

4. Decarbonise Downer’s fleet through electric and alternate

fuel vehicles.

5. Increase uptake of renewables on- and off-grid.

6. Reducing Scope 3 emissions i.e. low carbon materials,

e.g. bituminous products; and working with suppliers to lower

their emissions.

In February 2022, Downer established a Fleet Decarbonisation

Committee, with Executive support from the CFO, Head

of Sustainability, Head of Road Services and Head of

Utilities. This committee demonstrates the importance of

fleet decarbonisation to Downer and provides governance

and oversight on Downer’s fleet decarbonisation plan and

associated actions.

131Sustainability Performance Summary |
This year, the Board considered information on Downer’s

climate-related risks and opportunities, as identified through

the TCFD analysis. Due to the opportunities identified,

decarbonisation and energy transition have been highlighted

as a key growth strategy for Downer. As an outcome Downer

established a centralised decarbonisation fund, which makes

funds accessible to Business Units for initiatives that result in

structural decarbonisation. The Board has endorsed a series

of decarbonisation initiatives in the short term which include

PV solar, fuel switching of asphalt manufacturing process

from diesel to natural gas and biogas, and the acceleration of

alternate fuel vehicles such as hybrid and electric into the fleet.

In FY23 and beyond Downer will:

§Continue to progress activities under the six decarbonisation

strategic focus areas mentioned on page 130, with a specific

focus on Downer’s fleet and fixed assets.

§Actively seek to progress opportunities to assist our

customers’ decarbonisation, in line with our Urban

Services strategy.

§Consider a framework to integrate climate thinking into

Downer’s capital allocation decision-making process that

considers the carbon implications of investment over the

short and longer terms.

Refer to Downer’s Climate Change Report which will be located

at www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport for

further disclosures on Downer’s response to climate change as

it specifically addresses the TCFD recommendations.

Overview
Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the

platform from which:

§The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,

performance and growth of the Company

§Downer management is accountable to the Board

§The risks to Downer’s business are identified and managed

§Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and

the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes

to promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations

(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations

for management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and

responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide

strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of

the Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:

§Overseeing the Company, including its control and

accountability systems

§Appointing and removing the Group CEO and

senior executives

§Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and

senior executives

§Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk

management and internal control, codes of conduct

and legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director or senior executive, the Board

undertakes appropriate checks.

The Board provides shareholders with all material information

which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the

key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated

to management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus

on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility

for Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day management

of Downer and his authority is delegated and authorised by

the Board.

Corporate Governance

for the year ended 30 June 2022

132

| Downer EDI Limited

Downer has written employment agreements with each of
its senior executives and the performance of those senior

executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,

including performance targets linked to the business plan and

overall corporate objectives. In 2022, Downer’s senior executives

participated in periodic performance evaluations where they

received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the

effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the

Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the

proper functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive

Leadership Team are available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and

inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its

employees, customers and shareholders while building a

sustainable future for its business. This is formalised through

the Downer Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) Policy which outlines

the Company’s commitment to developing a diverse and

inclusive workforce.

In May 2022, Downer progressed its Diversity Framework

through the launch of ‘Own Different’, an enhanced Diversity

Strategy and Action Plan focused on Inclusion and Belonging

(I&B). This plan supports the D&I Policy and implementation of

Divisional I&B strategies.

The D&I Policy is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance

throughout 2022 with respect to its broader diversity program,

but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

§Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics

§An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken

by Downer throughout 2022

§An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity

objectives for 2022.

Gender representation metrics

As at 30 June 2022, Downer’s female gender representation

metrics were as follows:

Board 37. 5%

Senior Executive

1

23%

Management

2

17%

Workforce31%

1. For present purposes, ‘Senior Executive’ refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference

Guide to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).

2. For present purposes, ‘Management’ refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA

Reference Guide.

133Corporate Governance |

Looking back: 2022 measurable objectives
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesOutcomes

Flexibility,

Diversity

and Inclusion

To continue

developing

Downer’s

commitment to

representing the

businesses and

communities in

which we serve

through a focus

on I&B.

Report quarterly

to the Executive

Committee and

Lines of Business

on progress

towards targets

and objectives.

‚Embed talent management and

succession planning framework

cohort to CEO-3 for females.

‚Establishing a Group Level

Community of Practice that

provides strategic advice and

governance for the Line of

Business I&B Steering Committees.

This will include a strategic focus

on flexible work arrangements.

‚Embedding and leveraging the

Diversity and Inclusion Steering

Committees within each Line of

Business to focus on programs

and initiatives that will support

the achievement of targets.

‚Continuing to review and

modify Downer’s Mandatory

Induction program to ensure our

commitment to a diverse and

inclusive workforce and working

environment is embedded in

Downer’s culture.

‚Delivering a series of D&I

‘Lunch ’n’ Learn’ sessions

for all employees across the

Group, covering a range of

topics including Indigenous,

gender, disability, orientation

and generational diversity.

‚Launch Workplace

Giving Program.

‚Continuing to leverage our

relationships that manage the

transition of ex-Defence personnel

into employment


‚Engage with not-for-profit

and community organisations

to provide pathways and

opportunities for culturally and

linguistically diverse groups

and people.

‚Executive Committee pilot launched

June 2022. Top talent being mentored

by Senior Leadership Team members.

‚I&B Community of Practice has

been established and meeting on a

bi-monthly schedule.




‚Each Line of Business has developed

an I&B Tactical Plan consisting of

initiatives and actions specific to their

Lines of Business I&B maturity and

strategic direction.

‚In progress.






‚Commencing March 2021, the I&B

Team have been delivering monthly

Lunch ’n’ Learn sessions across all

focus areas identified in the strategy.



‚In December 2021, Downer launched

the Workplace Giving Program as part

of our Corporate Philanthropic arm.

‚Downer’s partnerships with Right

Management and the Australian

Veterans Employment Coalition (AVEC)

are core to supporting the transition

of current and ex-Australian Defence

Force members and their families into

employment.

‚Downer is continuing our partnership

with Career Seekers and has two

placement programs that we are

engaged in.

134

| Downer EDI Limited

Looking back: 2022 measurable objectives
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesOutcomes

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

women to reach

their potential

through an

inclusive work

environment

while positioning

Downer Group

as a preferred

employer for

women in

our industry.

40% women in

the workforce

by 2023.

25% women in

management

positions

by 2023.

25% women

in executive

positions

by 2023.

30% women

on the Board.

‚Analyse the WGEA reporting

data and use the learnings as key

inputs to develop ongoing strategy,

programs and initiatives.

‚Deliver Downer’s THRIVE women’s

personal and professional

growth program.

‚Develop and release an unconscious

bias capability program to support

an inclusive workplace.




‚Realign our Leadership programs

to include further diversity and

inclusion content and learning.

‚In progress.



‚Downer’s THRIVE program is now in the

second cohort series and has seen 218

participants commence the program.

‚The strategy around unconscious

bias is multi-faceted, consisting of

online modules through the Inclusion

Habits Journey, podcasts, Fact

Sheets and Lunch ’n’ Learn sessions

and the Diversity @ Downer external

learning package.

‚Programs have been reviewed to

include I&B information. Introduction of

Diversity @ Downer.

Cultural

Diversity

To build on

Downer Group’s

commitment to

closing the gap

by increasing

Indigenous

workforce

participation

and developing

strategic

partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations

and community

groups.

3% Aboriginal

and Torres

Strait Islander

employees.

‚Work with Reconciliation Australia

to develop and launch a Downer

Group Innovate Reconciliation Action

Plan (RAP).

‚Create an Indigenous

Champions network.



‚Embed best practice cultural

heritage monitoring within large-

scale on-country project deliveries.

‚Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori

Leadership Development program,

Te Ara Whanake.

‚Continue to deliver the Te Ara

Whanake program to Non-Māori

leaders which gives them a deeper

understanding of Māori history,

culture and Tikanga.

‚Continue to deliver

Te Ara Maramatanga.

‚In late May 2022, we received

conditional endorsement of our

Downer Innovate RAP, which launched

during NAIDOC week.

‚Ongoing. In the I&B Strategy and

Action Plan we have determined that

the creation of ‘Listening Circles’

around all focus areas is more

culturally appropriate.

‚Ongoing. A Downer-wide best practice

cultural heritage monitoring guide will

be delivered in Q3 of FY23.

‚In FY22 three Te Ara Whanake and two

Te Ara Whanake Wahine Toa programs

were run with a total of 89 participants

completing the program. In addition,

we completed eight additional

Māori programs.

‚In FY22, 58 participants completed

the Te Ara Maramatanga program.

Generational

Diversity

To establish

Downer Group

as a sought-

after employer

for all age-

groups and as

an organisation

that builds a

talent pipeline of

thought leaders

and continues to

value experience.

Maintain

or increase

the number

of graduate

employees

year-on-year.

‚Continue to build a talent pipeline by

investing in entry level programs that

align to our generational diversity

focus and priority areas, including:

– The Downer Graduate

Development Program

– Cadets and further

Undergraduate programs

– Apprentices and Trainees.

‚Ongoing. In addition to the Graduate

Program, Cadets and Undergraduate

programs, Apprentices and Trainees,

we are also utilising the sponsorship

arrangements that Downer has made

to fill these pipelines with Indigenous

students and Alumni and migrant and

refugee opportunities.

135Corporate Governance |

Looking ahead: 2023 measurable objectives
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Aboriginal,

Torres Strait

Islander and

Māori Peoples

Educate and embed best

practice cultural heritage

monitoring within

large-scale on-country

project deliveries.

Support engagement

and partnership with Iwi,

Local Traditional Owner

groups and Registered

Native Title bodies.

Focus on talent and

sourcing pipelines,

Employee Value

Proposition, retention

and engagement.

3% Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

employees.

‚Develop and deliver a series of information sessions,

awareness packs and other resources to the business about

Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and Māori history and

cultures, such as Cultural Learning Bites.

‚Develop and endorse inclusive ‘optional’ mentoring programs

for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander employees, to ensure

supported ongoing ‘Cultural Safety’ in their roles.

‚Develop internal Indigenous pre-employment and internship

programs in Australia, through the consultation, education,

engagement, and collaboration with Business Units

across Downer.

‚Identify and implement pipeline activities for potential

candidates from Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and Māori

heritage. Develop innovative programs and approaches

to reach a wider range of recruitment platforms and

diverse communities.

‚Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,

Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.

‚Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori Leadership Development

program, Te Ara Whanake.

‚Continue to deliver the Te Ara Whanake program

to Non-Māori leaders which gives them a deeper

understanding of Māori history, culture and Tikanga.

‚Continue to deliver Te Ara Maramatanga.

‚Create and maintain identified positions for Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander people.

Gender

Diversity

To improve opportunities

for women to reach

their potential through

an inclusive work

environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women in

our industry.

40% women in the

workforce by 2023.

25% women

in management

positions by 2023.

25% women

in executive

positions by 2023.

30% women

on the Board.

‚Analyse the WGEA reporting data and use the learnings

as key inputs to develop ongoing strategy, programs

and initiatives.

‚Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,

Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.

‚Conduct self-assessment against criteria and standards

outlined in the Workplace Equality and Respect Standards

and Gender Equality Act 2020 (Vic), reporting on areas

for improvement.

‚Continue to deliver THRIVE, our women’s personal and

professional growth program and New Zealand’s Women

In Leadership Downer program (WILD).

Cultural and

Linguistic

Diversity

To improve opportunities

for employees from

different cultural and

linguistic backgrounds.

Increase employees

who identify to

be from cultural

and linguistically

diverse backgrounds.

‚Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,

Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.

‚Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness

packs and other resources to the business in relation to

the awareness and understanding of different cultures

and languages.

‚Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing

and recruiting employees from under-represented

cultural groups.

136

| Downer EDI Limited

Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiatives
Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age-groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to

value experience.

Increase the

number of graduate

employees year-on-year.

‚Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,

Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.

‚Continue to build a talent pipeline by investing in entry level

programs that align to our generational diversity focus and

priority areas, including:

‚The Downer Graduate Development Program

‚Cadetships and further Undergraduate programs

‚Apprenticeships and traineeships (mature-age

opportunities, recognition of prior learning for experienced

workers without formal qualifications)

‚Internships

‚CSO pre-employment programs (NZ).

LGBTIQA+Create a welcoming and

safe environment for all

employees who identify

as lesbian, gay, bisexual,

transgender, intersex,

queer, asexual and other

diverse genders, sexes

and sexualities.

Increase confidence of

employees to identify

as LGBTIQA+.

‚Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness

packs and other resources to the business in relation to

LGBTQIA+ communities.

‚Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing and

recruiting employees from the LGBTQIA+ community.

Disability and

Neurodiversity

Providing a safe and

inclusive workplace that

enables people of all

abilities to realise their

full potential and make

valued contributions.

Increase confidence of

employees to identify

as employees with

a disability.

‚Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing and

recruiting employees with a disability.

‚Autism recruitment pilot within a specific Business Unit.

Identify target roles and seek a recruitment exemption from

the Anti-Discrimination Board (Australia).

‚Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness packs

and other resources to the business in relation to disability

workplace accessibility and inclusion.

Looking ahead: 2023 measurable objectives

137Corporate Governance |

Principle 2: Structure the Board to be effective
and add value

Throughout the 2022 financial year, the Board was comprised of

a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mark

Chellew, an independent, Non-executive Director), six other

independent, Non-executive Directors and an Executive

Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members

of the Board, including their skills, experience, status and

their term of office are set out in the Directors’ Report on

pages 6 to 51 and are also available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by

the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to

ensure the Board is of a composition, size and commitment to

effectively discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to

bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy

to provide Directors with access to independent professional

advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of

conferring regularly without management present, and they do

so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-

executive Director who is not a member of management and

who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or

could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the

independent exercise of their judgement.

The Board regularly assesses the independence of each

Director to ensure that each Director has the capacity to bring

independent judgement to bear on issues before the Board and

to act in the best interests of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to

promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any

interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related

party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual

General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can

serve more than three years without offering themselves

for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive

Director. He is responsible for the leadership of the Board and

for the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board.

The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that a high

standard of values, governance and constructive interaction

is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all

Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations

between Directors and the Board and management. He also

represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and

conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by

the same person and the division of responsibilities between

the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the

Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s

Delegations Policy.

The Board has established a number of committees to

assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its

responsibilities. A list of the main Board Committees and their

current membership is set out in the table below.

Board CommitteeChairmanMembers

Audit and RiskN M HollowsT G Handicott

A M Howse

P L Watson

Zero HarmP L WatsonM J Binns

G A Fenn

Nominations and

Corporate Governance

M P ChellewT G Handicott

N M Hollows

RemunerationT G HandicottN M Hollows

A M Howse

M J Menhinnitt

DisclosureT G HandicottM P Chellew

G A Fenn

Tender Risk EvaluationP L WatsonM J Binns

G A Fenn

N M Hollows

M J Menhinnitt

The names of members of each committee, the number of

meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the

various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 23.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation

of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee,

is chaired by an independent Director and comprises four

members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender

Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review

tender opportunities.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection

and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s

primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling

its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board

is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the

responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading

governance practice.

138

| Downer EDI Limited

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a
charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition,

structure, membership requirements and the procedures for

inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

access to internal and external resources, including advice

from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all

members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an

independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

§Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board

§Assessing the extent to which the required skills are

represented on the Board

§Establishing processes for the review of the performance

of individual Directors, Board Committees and the Board

as a whole

§Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for

appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal

due diligence screening process)

§Recommending the engagement of nominated persons

as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate

balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is

represented on the Board. This may result in a Non-executive

Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that

experience and depth of understanding to matters brought

before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range

of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an

appropriate range of technical skills and executive experience

across engineering, construction and scientific disciplines

as well as services activities and professional services when

considering the appointment of a new Director.

During 2022, Downer’s Board renewal program continued. On 1

September 2021, Mark Chellew joined the Downer Board as

Non-executive Director and Chairman-elect, succeeding Mike

Harding as Chairman on his retirement from the Board on 30

September 2021. This was followed by the appointments of

Mark Binns and Mark Menhinnitt on 1 March 2022 and Adelle

Howse on 1 April 2022.

In making these appointments, the Downer Board identified the

need to ensure ongoing engineering and operational expertise,

experience in senior executive roles, various aspects of major

infrastructure projects, as well as knowledge and experience of

the construction and New Zealand markets.

Mr Chellew has extensive experience in engineering and the

building materials sector, as well as a Chief Executive Officer,

Non-executive Director and Non-executive Chairman of large

publicly listed organisations.

Mr Binns is an experienced senior executive and Non-executive

Director with extensive experience in New Zealand in the

energy, construction and building materials sectors where he

has been closely involved in many of New Zealand’s largest

infrastructure projects.

Mr Menhinnitt is an experienced senior executive with extensive

domestic and international experience in large infrastructure

development and urban regeneration, investment management,

construction, asset services, operations and maintenance.

Dr Howse has extensive senior executive and Non-executive

Director experience in the infrastructure, energy and

resources, construction, data centres, telecommunications

and property sectors.

139Corporate Governance |

The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the
current Board composition. The Company recognises the value

of diversity which has been a component of the appointment

process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Business, finance and economics

1.02.03.04.0

0.0

6.05.0

Technical*

Legal

* Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

Professional services*

Transport and infrastructure

Resources and energy

0.01.02.03.04.05.06.07.0

* Includes banking, finance and legal.

Te n u r e (ye a r s )

9+

3–6

1.02.04.0

0.0

3.0

6–9

0–3

Gender diversity

MaleFemale

3

5

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist

with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,

Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the

appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and

Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer

Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance

practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs,

including externally facilitated periodic reviews of its

performance and that of its Committees and Directors. The last

review was completed during FY22 and included consideration

of the skills and knowledge of Directors.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both

Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures

have been developed to enable new Directors and senior

executives to gain an understanding of:

§Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk

management policies

§The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles

of the Board and senior executives

§Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company

Secretary and an induction pack containing information about

Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and

Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior

executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business

operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure

to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director

site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also

encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional

development courses to update and enhance their skills and

knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly organises

governance and other continuing education sessions for

the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge

its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access

to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-

related issues and the appointment and removal of the

Company Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company

Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair, on all

governance matters.

140

| Downer EDI Limited

Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting
lawfully, ethically and responsibly

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern

environment by building trusted relationships with our

customers. Its Promise is to work closely with our customers to

help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Downer’s Purpose and Promise are founded on the Pillars of

Zero Harm, Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership and

define the way it manages its business and are the foundations

that support Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose,

Promise and Pillars can be found on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour

and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The

Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone

and standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:

§Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law

§Workplace behaviour

§Prohibition against bribery and corruption

§Protection of confidential information

§Engaging with stakeholders

§Workplace safety

§Diversity and inclusiveness

§Sustainability

§Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures

for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of

Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an

external and independent reporting service which enables

employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the

Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other

unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are

investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary

overseeing the completion of any remedial action. The Board

is informed of material breaches of the Standards of Business

Conduct through reporting of incidents reported under the

whistleblower policy, investigations of allegations of fraud and

breaches of Downer’s Zero Harm Cardinal Rules.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers

and employees and is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in

place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various

matters, including:

§Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated

employees and a formal process which employees must

adhere to when dealing in securities)

§The Company’s disclosure obligations (including

continuous disclosure)

§Communicating with shareholders and the general

investment community

§Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which

expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption

currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and

which addresses key issues such as working with government,

political donations, human rights, conducting business

internationally and gifts and benefits. The Board is informed of

material breaches of the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

As Downer has operations in foreign jurisdictions, Downer

employees are confronted by the challenges of doing business

in environments where bribery and corruption are real risks.

However, regardless of the country or culture within which its

people work, Downer is committed to compliance with the law,

as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity

of corporate reports

The Company has in place a structure of review and

authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards

the integrity of its financial reporting.

An external limited assurance engagement is performed

on selected sustainability information in Downer’s annual

Sustainability Report. Downer also follows a comprehensive

internal verification process to ensure the integrity of the

Sustainability Report and other periodic corporate reports

which are not audited or reviewed by the external auditor,

including the Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance

Statement, and Information for Investors. This process involves

review of reporting by relevant subject matter experts across

the organisation to ensure it is materially accurate, balanced and

provides investors with appropriate information.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its

responsibilities relating to:

§The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and

reporting practices of the Company with a particular focus on

the qualitative aspects of financial reporting to shareholders

§The Company’s risk profile and risk policies

§The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control

and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:

§Consists of only Non-executive Directors

§Consists of a majority of independent Directors

§Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not

the Chairman of the Board)

§Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent

Directors, includes members who are financially literate and

has at least one member who has relevant qualifications

and experience.

141Corporate Governance |

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit
and Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition,

structure and membership requirements and the procedures for

inviting non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the

Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the

annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with

sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth),

are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating effectively in all material

respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is

available to answer any questions which shareholders may have

about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial

year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk

Committee convened in FY22, together with the individual

attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 23.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Principle 5: Make timely

and balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which

assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and

timely access to material information about the Company and

that Company announcements are factual and presented in a

clear and balanced way. It includes that new and substantive

investor or analyst presentations are released on the ASX

Market Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation.

A copy of the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for

identifying and disclosing material and market-sensitive

information in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001

(Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules. The Board receives copies of

all material market announcements promptly after they have

been made.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,

Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the

Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees

disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the

general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights

of security holders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:

§Communicating effectively, openly and honestly

with shareholders

§Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and

understandable information about the Company and

its governance

§Making it easy for shareholders to participate in

general meetings

§Giving shareholders the option to receive communications

from, and send communications to, the Company and its

security registry electronically.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s

approach to communicating with shareholders and is available

on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website

(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half

Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and

media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at members’

meetings through its use of electronic communication, including

by making notices of meetings available on its website and

audio casting of general meetings and significant Group

presentations. All substantive resolutions at meetings of

shareholders are conducted by poll.

The Directors and key members of management attend the

Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has

various risk management policies and procedures in place that

cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign

exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering

and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit

levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and

ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial

reporting, environmental and workplace health and safety

policies and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure

that Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as

well as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable

business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed.

The Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and

oversees Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including

the Group risk profile and the effectiveness of the systems

being implemented to manage risk. The last review of the Risk

Management Framework was completed in 2022. The Board

reviews the Group risk profile twice each year and considers

other risk matters, such as business resilience, tender review

142

| Downer EDI Limited

processes, risk appetite, and specific risk areas, on a regular
basis, as well as regular reports from senior management, the

internal audit team, and the external auditor.

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a

detailed overview of Downer’s approach to managing

its environmental and social risks. The Sustainability

Report is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates

and reports on the existence, design and operating

effectiveness of internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team

is independent of the external auditor and reports to the Audit

and Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in

its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the

effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk

Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with

applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and

Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material

business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and

has adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets

out its role and responsibilities, composition, structure and

membership requirements and the procedures for inviting

non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

making recommendations to the Board about:

§Executive remuneration and incentive policies

§The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance

measurement and termination policies and procedures for

all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO

§Executive and equity-based incentive plans

§Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, Executive Directors and Non-

executive directors forms part of the responsibilities of the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior

executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of

the Company and prescribes a relationship between the

performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:

§Consists of a majority of independent Directors

§Is chaired by an independent Director

§Has at least three members.

The Executive Director is not a member of the

Remuneration Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can

be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum.

This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008.

Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 27.

Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity

incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior

executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and

variable remuneration taking into account the performance of

the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive

Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as

short-term and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from

entering into transactions in associated products which limit

the economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements

under any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration

schemes, as set out in the Securities Trading Policy. A copy of

the Securities Trading Policy is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors

and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report

at page 27 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by

Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 10.

143Corporate Governance |

Information for Investors
for the year ended 30 June 2022

144

| Downer EDI Limited

Downer shareholders

Downer had 26,221 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2022, of

which 24,525 shareholders had a registered address in Australia.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)

Limited, held 35.80% of the 675,425,623 fully paid ordinary

shares issued at that date.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

under the ‘Downer EDI’ market call code 3965, with ASX code

DOW, and is a foreign exempt issuer on the New Zealand

Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers

comprehensive information about Downer and its services.

The site also contains news releases and announcements to

the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,

Half Year Reports and Company newsletters. Downer printed

communications for shareholders include the Annual Report

which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range

of circumstances within the business operations of Downer

including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of

franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to

the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated

joint ventures.

Dividends are paid in Australian dollars, other than for

shareholders with a registered address in New Zealand, who

receive dividends in New Zealand dollars unless an election

is made to receive payment in Australian dollars by providing

Australian bank account details.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global

Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency

of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism

to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the

Company without the usual costs associated with share

acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available

from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website

at www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Share registry

Shareholders and investors seeking information about

Downer shareholdings or dividends should contact the

Company’s share registry, Computershare Investor Services

Pty Ltd (Computershare):

Level 3

60 Carrington Street

Sydney NSW 2000

GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 3000

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)

+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when

making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored

and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts,

DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online

at www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and

postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory.

However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file

number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal

rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to

investors residing in Australia. For more information please

contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately, in

writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been lost

or stolen.

Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report

by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the

address provided. Alternatively, shareholders may choose to

receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in

Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any

change of your registered address.

145Information for Investors |
Registered office and principal

administration office

Downer EDI Limited

Level 2, Triniti III

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700

Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG

International Towers Sydney 3

300 Barangaroo Avenue

Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2022

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital

675,425,623 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 26,221 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2022

Shareholders

Ordinary

shares Held

% of issued

shares

Aware Super Pty Ltd atf Aware Super44,049,1936.52

Yarra Management Nominees Pty Ltd43,790,9626.48

Pendal Group Limited41,010,8266.07

T Rowe Price Associates, Inc.35,171,8785.21

The Vanguard Group35,082,7345.19

L1 Capital Pty Ltd34,994,4795.18

Dimensional Fund Advisors34,203,4175.06

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2022 is as follows.

Range of holdings

Number of

shareholders

Shareholders

%

Ordinary

shares held

Shares

%

1 – 1,00014,36154.776,005,3990.89

1,001 – 5,0008,89933.9420,965, 2743.10

5,001 – 10,0001,7996.8612,919,3591.91

10,001 – 100,0001,1074.2224,251,0093.59

100,001 and over55 0.21611,284,58290.50

To t a l26,221 675,425,623 100.00

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares 1,354

146
| Downer EDI Limited

Twenty largest shareholders

Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2022 are as follows.

ShareholdersShares held

% of issued

shares

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED241,7 72 ,05735.80

CHASE MANHATTAN NOMINEES LIMITED159,929,81723.68

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED105,917,92815.68

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED36,083,4345.34

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD <DRP>23 ,787,0583.52

ARGO INVESTMENTS LTD13,315,0591.97

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD <AGENCY LENDING DRP A/C>3,660,0600.54

NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED <WRAP SERVICES A/C>2,966,3100.44

SANDHURST TRUSTEES LTD <HARPER BERNAYS LTD A/C>2,811,0730.42

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED <COLONIAL FIRST STATE INV A/C>2 , 507, 8660.37

UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD1,572,5350.23

BNP PARIBAS NOMS (NZ) LTD <DRP>1,365,6160.20

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED <NT-COMNWLTH SUPER CORP A/C>1, 254,1430.19

CPU SHARE PLANS PTY LIMITED1,079,8900.16

HOBSON WEALTH CUSTODIANS LTD <RESIDENT CASH ACCOUNT>1,051,1960.16

WOODROSS NOMINEES PTY LTD922,2500.14

MR BARRY SYDNEY PATTERSON + MRS GLENICE MARGARET PATTERSON891,6420.13

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD <AGENCY LENDING COLLATERAL>870,0000.13

GRANT FENN795,8090.12

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD HUB24 CUSTODIAL SERV LTD <DRP A/C>718,8400.11

Total for top 20 shareholders603,272,58389.32

HOSPITAL
SCHOOL

GOVERNMENT

downergroup.com









Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com




Media/ASX and NZX Release

17 August 2022


DOWNER REPORTS UNDERLYING NPATA OF $225.3 MILLION

AND STATUTORY NPATA OF $176.4 MILLION

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) today announced its financial results for the 12 months to 30 June 2022.


Demand remained strong across the core Urban Services businesses of Transport, Utilities and

Facilities. Despite positive underlying core markets, FY22 has seen Downer’s operations impacted by

the disruptive impacts of COVID-19 as well as severe wet weather. Downer also completed the

divestment/exit of non-core businesses in Mining and Hospitality in the period.

The main features of the results are:


▪ Core Urban Services revenue of $11.5 billion, up 10.8% from the prior corresponding period (pcp).

Total Group revenue of $12.0 billion, down 2.0% from the pcp.


▪ Statutory EBIT (earnings before interest and tax) of $323.2 million and statutory NPAT (net profit after

tax) of $152.0 million.


▪ Core Urban Services EBITA (earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of acquired intangible

assets) of $508.1 million, down 3.0% from the pcp.


▪ Underlying EBITA of $399.2 million, down 14.6% from the pcp; statutory EBITA of $358.0 million.


▪ Underlying NPATA (net profit after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) of

$225.3 million, down 13.7% from the pcp; statutory NPATA of $176.4 million.


▪ Underlying cash conversion of 88.9%; statutory cash conversion of 83.9%.


▪ Net Debt to EBITDA of 1.6x and Gearing of 17.7% (19.0% at 30 June 2021).


▪ Final dividend of 12 cents per share (unfranked).


The Chief Executive Officer of Downer, Grant Fenn, said the performance demonstrated Downer’s

resilience.


“Despite the challenging conditions, particularly relating to COVID-19 and severe wet weather, our

Urban Services businesses have continued to deliver solid earnings and strong cash conversion,” Mr

Fenn said.


“Completing the divestment of the non-core businesses is a major milestone for Downer, enabling the

delivery of a transformed business and a strong balance sheet. Gearing has reduced to 17.7% and Net

Debt to EBITDA of 1.6x remains well below our 2-2.5x target with available liquidity of $1.9 billion.”


Mr Fenn said Downer had a strong end to FY22 with a number of contract wins, which provided solid

momentum into FY23.

Page 2 of 2













“We have announced material contract wins across each of our Transport, Utilities and Facilities

segments in Q4,” Mr Fenn said. “We are winning work in our key markets, our brand and relationships

are very strong, and we are seeing a growing pipeline of work ahead of us.”


Demand for decarbonisation solutions across the Group’s customer base has accelerated dramatically

in the past 12 months, which will create a strong pipeline of work.


“Our customers know they need to start acting on their decarbonisation targets and that it will require

enormous effort,” Mr Fenn said. “Downer’s suite of technical skills means we are in a prime position to

grow our business in what will be a significant economy-wide transformation journey to net zero.”


Dividend

The Downer Board has declared a final dividend of 12 cents per share, unfranked, payable on 28

September 2022 to shareholders on the register at 31 August 2022. The portion of the unfranked dividend

amount that will be paid out of Conduit Foreign Income (CFI) is 14%. The Company’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan (DRP) remains suspended and will not operate for this dividend.

Safety

Downer reported a Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate of 0.82 per million hours worked at 30 June 2022,

compared to 0.99 in the prior period, and a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate of 2.35 per million

hours worked, down from 2.60 per million hours worked.

Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in May 2022 following a fall at work. Although

the cause of death is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace fatality. This incident is a

reminder of the challenges of ensuring we remain vigilant and relentlessly manage the Critical Risks

associated with the work we do every day.

Outlook

For FY23, Downer expects 10-20% underlying NPATA growth, assuming no material COVID-19, weather,

labour or other disruptions.









For further information please contact:

Media: Mitchell Dale, Group Manager Corporate Affairs +61 448 362 198

Investors: Adam Halmarick, Group Head of Investor Relations and Strategic Planning +61 413 437 487


About Downer

Downer is the leading provider of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand and customers are at the heart of

everything it does. It exists to create and sustain the modern environment and its promise is to work closely with its

customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions to design, build and sustain assets,

infrastructure and facilities. For more information visit downergroup.com

Summary of FY22 financial results
2

$508.1m

Underlying

NPATA

1,2

1.6x

13.7%

12.6%

21.3 cps statutory Basic EPS

19.0% at June 2021

1.5x at June 2021

10.8%

Total revenue $12.0bn

17.3%

24cps for FY22 (3cps)

83.9% statutory

3.0%

1

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)

2

Total rev enue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income

3

The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measurethat is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review. Refer slide 21 for reconciliation to statutory results

4

Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis. Gearing ratio does not include lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a pre-AASB16 basis

5

EPSA is calculated based on underlying NPATA adjusted by contributions from minority interests and ROADs dividends paid; divided by WANOS

Profit after tax and EPSBalance sheet and dividendOperational performance

$225.3m

Underlying

Urban Services

EBITA

1,3

Net Debt to EBITDA

4

88.9%

Statutory

NPAT

17.7%

$152.0m

Underlying cash

conversion

Gearing

4

$11.5bn

Underlying

EPSA

3,5

12 cps32.0 cps

Urban Services

Revenue

2

Final ordinary

dividend (unfranked)

Statutory EBIT of $323.2m

Statutory EBITA $358.0m

FY22 Accomplishments
3

▪Ranked in top 15% of industry globally in the S&P Global

(DJSI) 2021 Sustainability Yearbook

▪Achieved our Sustainability Linked Loan KPI targets

▪Achieved a 97% landfill diversion rate

Sustainability

▪Launched THRIVE, our women’s empowerment and

capability building program

▪Launched Downer’s Workplace Giving Program

▪Board renewal process complete

People

▪Robust balance sheet with Net Debt to EBITDA

1

of 1.6x

▪Increased FY22 dividends to 24cps (+3cps) (FY22 Final

dividend of 12cps, unfranked)

▪$142.6m buy-back in the period

Balance sheet

Business

▪Completion of FY20 announced non-core portfolio changes

▪Continued implementation of The Downer Standard

▪Completion of the Rosehill Sustainable Resource Centre

1

Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis

Levered to a Net Zero Economy and New Technology
4

Capabilities across our portfolio in areas

required for the journey to net zero

Low emissions

electricity

Electrification

Energy storage

Energy

efficiency

Alternate fuels

Carbon capture

and storage

Land based

solutions

Other emerging

technologies

▪A net zero emissions future will require significant

adjustments to almost all urban infrastructure

▪Downer’s capabilities, scale and asset knowledge puts us in

a unique position to help our customers decarbonisetheir

asset base

▪Downer’s technical capabilities are critical to the economy’s

transition:

̶Coal / Gas / Hydrogen power generation

̶Carbon capture

̶Renewable generation and storage

̶Transmission and distribution line construction and

maintenance

̶Facilities management / Building energy management

̶Public transport solutions and operations

̶Road network management / road pavements

Diversified across the right end-markets
5

Market leader in most categories in both

Australia and New Zealand

Resilience through diversity as sector

specific factors are balanced out across the

portfolio

Lower capital intensity through Urban

Services portfolio rationalisation

Unprecedented levels of government

investment in infrastructure

2

Excludes non-core businesses Mining and Hospitality

3

P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and alsoincludes Mineral Technologies. H&E is the abbreviation of Health & Education

FY22

Urban Services

Revenue

$11.5 billion

1,2

Transport –Roads
6

▪Opened the new Sustainable Road Resource

Centre at Rosehill, Sydney

▪Awarded Transurban’s CityLinkand West Gate

Tunnel road network management contract

▪Secured $800m of road maintenance contracts in

Auckland with a 5-year initial term plus 5-year

extension options

▪Resurfaced Albert Park F1 track

▪Business resilience through floods and COVID-19

▪Acquired Fowlers Asphalting in Victoria, with

integration running ahead of business case

48%

20%

32%

Roads

Rail & Transit Systems

Projects

48% of

FY22 Transport

revenue

Transport –Rail & Transit Systems
7

20% of

FY22 Transport

revenue

48%

20%

32%

Roads

Rail & Transit Systems

Projects

▪Queensland Train Manufacturing Program bid

submitted –if won, Downer will manage the largest

rollingstock fleets in each State on the Eastern

Australian seaboard. Award expected in December

2022

▪Final Acceptance of the Sydney Growth Trains

Option Fleet

▪Delivered more than half of the High Capacity

Metro Trains fleet (35 sets / 245 cars) with

Provisional Acceptance

▪Successful completion of Waratah fleet’s eight-year

component change out through Downer’s Cardiff

facility, with the fleet now operating at a higher than

contracted reliability

▪Developed fleet enhancements that delivered

upgrades and innovation to the Sydney Trains fleet

̶Fleet enhancement sustainability initiatives

achieved 15% energy savings of the HVAC

system alone

Transport –Projects
8

48%

20%

32%

Roads

Rail & Transit Systems

Projects

32% of

FY22 Transport

revenue

▪Secured the WaurnPonds rail alliance contract in

Victoria

▪Secured the Western Port Highway Upgrade in

Victoria –a new generation road contract

▪Achieved the highest pre-qualification status from

all State road authorities

▪Secured the Warringah Freeway Upgrade project,

a key enabler to connect the new Western Harbour

tunnel to the Northern Beaches Link

▪Awarded an alliance contract with Waka Kotahi

New Zealand Transport agency for the delivery of

two harbour-side shared paths on the edges of

Wellington Harbour

▪Strategic review of the Australian Transport

Projects business currently underway

Utilities –Power & Gas
9

36%

34%

30%

Power & Gas

Water

Telco

36% of

FY22 Utilities

revenue

▪Successful completion of the ACES program,

deploying ~46MW of solar generation across ~550

Queensland schools, contributing to $26m in

annual power savings for the entire program

▪Secured a 5-year service contract for Transpower,

delivering transmission services to New Zealand’s

national electricity grid for the first time

▪Appointed to the Major Road Projects Victoria

(MRPV) Utilities Panel and awarded 2 out of 3 of

the first projects released

▪APA selected Downer as their only service provider

appointed to Strategic Relationship Status to work

together to develop future opportunities

▪TuriteaNorth renewables project is online and will

generate enough energy to power approximately

375,000 electric vehicles per year, and will

contribute a further two per cent renewable energy

to the national grid in New Zealand

Utilities –Water
10

36%

34%

30%

Power & Gas

Water

Telco

34% of

FY22 Utilities

revenue

▪Loganholme Biosolids Gasification initiative won

the Queensland Engineers Australia excellence

award in August and also is a finalist in an

International Water Association award in

September

▪AWA National Safety Innovation Award in

October 2021

▪South East Water Civil Maintenance contract

(10 years, $200m)

▪Hawthorn Main Sewer Project won a CCF safety

award

Utilities –Telecommunications
11

▪Expanded the Group’s customer base in Wireless

Network deployment to be an industry leader

providing program management services nationally

including rural and remote locations

▪Secured a 3-year Field Services Agreement with

Chorus in New Zealand

▪Became the largest supplier to nbnfor On-

Demand, business grade and residential (new

estates & development) services in all mainland

states of Australia

▪Maintained our leadership role on nbn’snetwork

maintenance program across WA/SA/NT

▪Secured and expanded our delivery capability for

electrical charging support infrastructure to enable

Zero Emissions Buses across multiple bus depots

in NSW and Queensland

36%

34%

30%

Power & Gas

Water

Telco

30% of

FY22 Utilities

revenue

43%
21%

18%

18%

Govt / H&E

Defence

P&E / I&M

Building

Facilities –Government / Health & Education

12

▪Successful negotiation and mobilisation of

Reviewable Services for the Royal Adelaide

Hospital and Bendigo Hospital PPPs –both for an

additional 5-year term

▪Achieved four key contract extensions, including

Vic Schools, WA Housing, LAHC and NSW WhoG

▪Devised a comprehensive ‘best in class’

environmental sustainability approach for our

healthcare customers to support their ESG goals

▪Secured new facilities management contracts in

New Zealand including the new greenspace

contract for South Taranaki Council

▪Won the Metro Trains Melbourne and the Yarra

Trams cleaning contracts, cementing Downer’s

position as the leading provider of cleaning

services to the heavy and light rail industries

▪Supported the Lismore and Casino communities in

flood remediation work

1

Excludes Hospitality and Laundries

2

P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and also includes Mineral Technologies

43% of

FY22 Facilities

revenue

1,2

Facilities –Defence
13

▪Secured and delivered a program of more than 300

individual upgrade and refurbishment projects

across the Defence Estate

▪Awarded a major program of works for Defence

Capability & Sustainment Group (CASG)

▪Extension of a contract for the Defence Chief

Information Officer Group through Downer

Professional Services

▪Major airfield upgrade project at RAAF Williamtown

has mobilised with works well underway

▪Downer Defence has secured the Managing

Contractor role on Riverina Redevelopment

Program

̶Seven-year program will develop options for

five major base redevelopments including

managing the design and construction of

approximately 150 barracks, stores, training

and administration buildings

21% of

FY22 Facilities

revenue

1,2

1

Excludes Hospitality and Laundries

2

P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and also includes Mineral Technologies

43%

21%

18%

18%

Govt / H&E

Defence

P&E / I&M

Building

Facilities –Power & Energy / Industrial & Marine
14

18% of

FY22 Facilities

revenue

1,2

1

Excludes Hospitality and Laundries

2

P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and also includes Mineral Technologies

43%

21%

18%

18%

Govt / H&E

Defence

P&E / I&M

Building

▪Established the Downer Future Energy Team

focussing on new technologies and alternative fuels

▪Successful award and delivery of a large suite of

decarbonisation projects for Santos

▪Signed multi-year agreement with AGL for power

station shutdowns, maintenance and projects

▪Awarded a number of contract extensions for term

contracts including Santos, Origin Energy Eraring

Power Station, Origin Energy Integrated Gas, Delta

Vales Point Power Station and NRG Gladstone

Power Station

▪Kalgoorlie Workshop modernisation and capability

enhancement to meet future demands of nickel,

lithium and base metal customers in WA

▪Successful completion of BHP Olympic Dam

SCM21 Non-Hot Metals shutdown project

$36.1bn of work-in-hand
15

Work-in-hand by segment ($36.1bn)Work-in-hand profile ($bn)

✓Long-dated✓Diversified by industry

~90% Government or

Government related


Transport

$15.8bn

44%

Utilities

$4.8bn

13%

Facilities

$15.5bn

43%

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+

TransportUtilitiesFacilities

1%4%3%1%
Schedule of Rates / Cost PlusAlliance / Target C ost

Early Cont ractor I nvolvementFixed Price / Lump Sum

Services –91% of work-in-hand

▪96% of Services work-in-hand

1

has some form of

embedded price escalation mechanism

▪Majority of contracts escalate at either CPI (quarterly or

annually) or a blend of CPI, labour and relevant materials

indices

Managing cost escalation

1

WIH > $50 million, which represents 89% of total services work-in-hand

2

Construction comprises of Projects businesses in Australia and New Zealand (Transport) and Hawkins Building in New Zealand (Facilities)

16

Construction

2

–9% of work-in-hand

▪Relatively short-term, bid with assumptions for price

escalation and contingencies

▪Alliance / Target Cost provides downside protection and

risk sharing

▪Early Contractor Involvement (ECI) allows collaborative

cost discovery and provides greater understanding of

risk profile than fixed priced

CPI

56%

Blended -CPI,

Labour, Materials

25%

Cost plus/reimbursable

11%

Fixed % escalation2%

Other mechanisms2%

Annual review mechanism3%

No embedded mechanism1%

96%

Contract type of 9% construction work-in-hand

Labour Challenges
17

EBA

70%

Aw ard

23%

Common Law

7%

Frontline workforce by

contract type

1

Excludes subcontractors

Permanent

59%

Fixed

Term

15%

Casual

26%

Total workforce by

employment type

▪Downer has a 33,000 strong workforce

1

▪Labour shortages have increased cost to serve in most

businesses

̶Increased overtime rates

̶Sub-contract / Labour hire

▪Downer is an employer of choice

̶Actively engaged in international recruitment

̶Internal referral programs

̶Accelerated ‘on the job’ training

▪The nature of our workforce allows Downer to manage

labour across projects

▪Typically only one-third of union EBAs are up for

renewal each year

Group financials

1
Urban Serv ices revenue and total revenue are non-statutory disclosures and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliancesand other income

2

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)

3

The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review. Refer slide 21 for reconciliation to statutory results

4

ROFE = 12 month rolling underlying EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE); AFE = Average Opening and Closing Net Debt (excludes lease liability) + Equity

Group underlying financial performance

▪Total revenue 2.0% lower to $12.0bn, primarily due to

divestment of non-core businesses

▪Urban Services revenue

1

increased 10.8% to $11.5bn

▪Group underlying

3

EBITA margin 3.3%, impacted by

severe wet weather and COVID-19

▪Corporate costs decreased by 2.6% to $100.5m (see

supplementary information slide 32)

▪Net interest expense decreased by $15.2m from

reduction in debt and improved average cost of funds

▪Underlying effective tax rate of 28.0%

▪Final dividend of 12cps declared (unfranked). Full year

FY22 dividends declared of 24cps (unfranked), an

increase of 3cps

19

$mFY22

3

FY21

3

Change

Totalrevenue

1

11,987.112,234.2

(2.0%)

EBITDA

706.6899.1

(21.4%)

Depreciation and amortisation

(307.4)(431.8)

(28.8%)

EBITA

2

399.2467.3

(14.6%)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

(34.8)(66.2)

(47.4%)

EBIT

364.4401.1

(9.1%)

Netinterestexpense

(85.4)(100.6)

(15.1%)

Profit before tax

279.0300.5

(7.2%)

Taxexpense

(78.1)(85.6)

(8.8%)

Netprofitaftertax

200.9214.9

(6.5%)

NPATA

2

225.3261.2

(13.7%)

Underlying EBITAmargin

3.3%3.8%(0.5pp)

Effectivetaxrate

28.0%28.5%(0.5pp)

ROFE

4

11.2%12.1%(0.9pp)

Dividenddeclared(cps)

24.021.014.3%

Segment underlying performance overview
1

Excludes Hospitality and Laundries

20

Transport

Facilities

1

Utilities

▪Revenue of $5.7bn (+8.1%)

▪EBITA of $254.6m (+1.8%)

▪EBITA margin of 4.4% (-0.3pp)

▪Improved revenue contribution

from Projects and Keolis Downer

JV, offset by severe wet weather

on the East Coast impacting the

Road Services business and

completion of SGT construction

phase in Rail & Transit Systems

▪Decline in EBITA margin driven

by business mix from growth in

traditionally lower margin

Projects business and impact of

severe wet weather on Road

Services earnings

▪Revenue of $1.8bn (-6.0%)

▪EBITA of $73.7m (-22.3%)

▪EBITA margin of 4.2% (-0.8pp)

▪Revenue decrease due to

decline in volumes relating to

COVID-19 related disruptions,

partially offset by increase in

Telco in Australia

▪EBITA decline driven by

COVID-19 impacts on Australian

Metering and Water Services

and the New Zealand business

▪Shift in business mix away from

higher margin minor capital

works

▪Revenue of $4.0bn (+25.1%)

▪EBITA of $179.8m (+0.7%)

▪EBITA margin of 4.5% (-1.1pp)

▪Revenue increase driven by

strong growth in Building

projects in New Zealand and

higher activities in Health &

Education business

▪Continued deferral of industrial

related maintenance work

impacted EBITA

▪Margin impacted by business

mix with strong revenue growth

fromlower margin areas such as

Building in New Zealand

Reconciliation of underlying to statutory results
1

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. GroupFY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)

2

Tax of $88.5m is calculated by adjusting underlying tax of $78.1m with $10.4m tax on amortisation of acquired intangible assets

3

The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review

4

The fair value of the Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) have decreased primarily driven by the movement in Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05 at 30 June 2022

5

The div estment program has been completed following the disposal of Otracoon 1 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining East on 17 December 2021 and the exit from a number of Hospitality contracts.Additionally, assets previously utilised by those businesses will no

longer be utilised by the Group and consequently were written-off (Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report)

6

Downer is in the process of tendering for the Queensland Train Manuf acturing Program, for which a net $12.7m in bid costs were expensed during the year

21

$mEBITA

1

Net interest

expense

Tax expense

2

NPATA

1

Amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

(post-tax)

NPAT

Underlying

3

results399.2 (85.4)(88.5)225.3 (24.4)200.9

Fair value increase on Downer Contingent

Share Options (DCSO)

4

3.7--3.7-3.7

Divestments and exit costs

5

(75.8)-5.0(70.8)-(70.8)

Portfolio restructure costs(7.6)-2.3(5.3)-(5.3)

Bid costs

6

(12.7)-3.8(8.9)-(8.9)

Probuildcredit loss(34.6)-6.9(27.7)-(27.7)

Gain on sale of PP&E85.8-(25.7)60.1-60.1

Total items outside underlying result

(41.2)-(7.7)(48.9)-(48.9)

Statutory results

358.0 (85.4)(96.2)176.4 (24.4)152.0

▪Statutory conversion of 83.9%
▪Underlying cash conversion of 88.9%

1

when adjusted for $22.3m of cash

outflows related to items recognised in

FY20 and funded from the July 2020

capital raising

4

and $12.7m of bid costs

▪Cash balance of $738.5m and total

liquidity of $1,943.5m

▪Net Debt to EBITDA

5

of 1.6x well below

Downer’s capital allocation framework

target range of 2-2.5x

Cash flow

22

$mFY22FY21Change

Total operating cash flow495.4708.7(30.1%)

Net Capex (Core)(134.9)(154.0)(12.4%)

Net Capex (Non-Core)(8.8)(74.3)(88.2%)

Payment of principal lease liabilities (Core)(146.4)(148.7)(1.5%)

Payment of principal lease liabilities (Non-Core)(17.2)(45.8)(62.4%)

IT (36.5)(28.4)28.5%

Advances to JVs and Other(2.7)(6.4)(57.8%)

Funds from operations148.9251.1(40.7%)

Dividends paid(171.4)(153.6)11.6%

Divestments

2

245.4447.8(45.2%)

Acquisitions (Spotless and Other)

3

(24.1)(148.8)(83.8%)

Share buyback / Issue of shares (net of costs)(142.6)365.6<(100%)

Net repayment of borrowings(122.6)(540.7)(77.3%)

Net (decrease) / increase in cash(66.4)221.4<(100%)

Cash at the end of the year738.5811.4(9.0%)

Total liquidity

1,943.52,238.4(13.2%)

1

Ref er to Supplementary Information for reconciliation (Refer Slide 33)

2

Proceeds f rom disposal activities include: $75.1m net proceeds from Otraco, $131.0m net proceeds from Open Cut Mining East and $39.3m deferred proceeds received in relation to Open Cut Mining West and Blasting (divestments completed in FY21)

3

FY 21 Spotless and Other. FY22 Fowlers and Other (Refer to Note F5 to the Financial Report)

4

Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer in July 2020, for which the Uses of funds included payroll remediation costs and legal settlements of New Zealand building works

5

Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis

Group debt profile
▪Weighted average debt duration of 3.9 years

1

(3.8 years at 30 June 21)

▪Recent refinancing activity, hedging and fixed

rate debt mix sees Downer well placed to

absorb current rate increases in FY23

▪FY23 net interest costs expected to be $85-90m

23

Debt maturity profile (A$m)

1

Based on the weighted average life of debt facilities (by A$mlimit)

2

Excludes lease liabilities

Debt facilities $mJun-22Dec-21Jun-21

Total limit

2

2,563.42,686.22,946.6

Drawn

2

1,358.41,259.21,519.6

Available1,205.01,427.01,427.0

Cash738.5676.7811.4

Total liquidity1,943.52,103.72,238.4

Net debt

2

619.9582.5708.2

0

200

400

600

800

Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

Bilateral bank facilities

Syndicated bank facilities

A$ MTN

USPP

JPY MTN

Outlook

▪Q4 beat expectations, generating a favourable run rate
into FY23

▪Demand remains robust in our markets, across existing

contracts and pipeline

▪Cost to serve still elevated but trending towards more

normal levels

▪Net Debt to EBITDA

1

of 1.6x well below target range of

2.0-2.5x which provides stability, supports the dividend

and enables Downer to explore value accretive

investment

▪For FY23, Downer expects 10-20% underlying NPATA

growth, assuming no material COVID-19, weather, labour

or other disruptions

Key messages and outlook

1

Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis

25

Supplementary
information

Board composition
27

New Board members in FY22Continuing Board members

Peter Watson (Non-executive Director)

Extensive experience in the construction and

engineering sectors in executive and governance

roles, including in the industrial, transport, defence,

health, utilities and justice sectors.

Grant Fenn (Managing Director & CEO)

Over 30 years’ experience in operational

management, strategic development and financial

management. Appointed Downer CEO in July 2010.

Nicole Hollows (Non-executive Director)

Over 20 years’ experience in the resources sector

in a number of senior managerial roles across both

the public and private sectors including in mining,

utilities and rail.

Teresa Handicott(Non-executive Director)

Former corporate lawyer and Chairman of national

law firm Corrs Chambers Westgarth with over 30

years’ experience in mergers and acquisitions,

capital markets and corporate governance.

Mark Chellew(Non-executive Chairman)

Over 40 years’ experience in building materials and

related industries including roles as Chief Executive

Officer and Managing Director in Australia and the

United Kingdom.

Mark Menhinnitt(Non-executive Director)

Experienced senior executive with extensive

domestic and international experience in large

infrastructure development, construction, asset

services, operations and maintenance.

Adelle Howse(Non-executive Director)

Extensive senior executive and non-executive

director experience in the infrastructure, energy,

resources, construction, data centres, telco and

property sectors.

Mark Binns(Non-executive Director)

Experienced senior executive and non-executive

director with extensive experience in New Zealand

in the energy, construction and building materials

sectors.

Total WIH of $16.1bn
96% government WIH

1

28

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin

+8.1% v FY21+1.8% v FY21(0.3)pp v FY21

4.0%

5.3%

4.1%

4.8%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1H212H211H222H22

2,462.1

2,833.1

2,821.0

2,900.7

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

1H212H211H222H22

99.7

150.5

115.6

139.0

0

50

100

150

200

1H212H211H222H22

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Maintaining Waratah trains until 2044

2. Maintaining HCMTs until 2053

3. Maintaining Sydney Growth Trains until 2044

4. Operating Yarra Trams until 2024 (Keolis Downer)

5. Operating Adelaide Passenger Rail Network until

2033 (Keolis Downer)

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government related projects

▪Total WIH of $15.8bn

▪95% government WIH

1

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+

WIH profile ($bn)

Transport

Road Services

Rail & Transit Systems

Projects

Total WIH of $16.1bn
96% government WIH

1

29

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin

(6.0)% v FY21(22.3)% v FY21(0.8)pp v FY21

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Sydney Water until 2030 (Confluence Water JV)

2. AusNet (power) until 2024 (plus 6-year extension)

3. TranspowerGrid Services (New Zealand) until

2027 (plus 5-year extension)

4. Logan City Council until 2025 (plus 2x2yrs

extensions)

5. AusNet(gas) until 2026

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government related projects

▪Total WIH of $4.8bn

▪78% government WIH

1

5.0%

5.1%

3.9%

4.4%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1H212H211H222H22

911.0

970.7

860.3

909.4

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1H212H211H222H22

45.3

49.5

33.3

40.4

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

1H212H211H222H22

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+

WIH profile ($bn)

Utilities

Telecommunications

Water

Power and gas

30
Revenue $m

2

EBITA $m

2

EBITA margin

2

+25.1% v FY21+0.7% v FY21(1.1)pp v FY21

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. New Royal Adelaide Hospital PPP until 2046

(contract reset 30 June 2022)

2. Bendigo Hospital PPP until 2042

(contract reset 30 June 2022)

3. Sunshine Coast University Hospital PPP until 2042

4. Dept of Defence Estate Maintenance and

Operations until August 2024

5. Orange Hospital PPP until 2036

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government related projects

2

Excludes Hospitality and Laundries

▪Total WIH of $15.5bn

▪85% government WIH

1

5.3%

5.9%

4.6%

4.3%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1H212H211H222H22

1,578.7

1,634.5

1,929.9

2,090.0

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

1H212H211H222H22

82.9

95.7

89.1

90.7

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

1H211H211H222H22

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+

WIH profile ($bn)

Facilities

Government

Health & Education

Defence

Power & Energy

Industrial & Marine

Building

17%
10%

12%

4%4%

3%

13%

7%

6%

7%

4%

2%

1%

1%

3%

6%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

Road servicesRTSInf rastructurePower & gasWaterTelcoGovt / H&EDef enceBuildingP&E / I&M

% of Group Revenue

Scale and capacity in both Australia and New Zealand

Note: Based on FY22 revenue mix of Downer’s segments. P&E / I&M is the abbreviation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marinebusinesses and also includes Mineral Technologies

31

Transport

80% AU / 20% NZ

Utilities

70% AU / 30% NZ

Facilities

75% AU / 25% NZ

split of BU revenue

NZ

AU

Business unit performance
1

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)

2

The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review

3

Downer has f inalised its restructure which resulted in some business units being reclassified. Refer to slide 36

32

▪Underlying Urban Services EBITA of

$508.1m, down 3.0%

▪Refer to slide 20 for commentary on Urban

Services business performance

$mFY22FY21Change

Transport

254.6250.2

1.8%

Utilities

3

73.794.8

(22.3%)

Facilities

3

179.8178.6

0.7%

Urban Services Businesses

508.1523.6

(3.0%)

Engineering & Construction-(5.1)

(100%)

Mining

8.146.6

(82.6%)

Laundries

-5.0

(100%)

Hospitality

(16.5)0.4

<(100%)

Non-core businesses

(8.4)46.9

<(100%)

Corporate

(100.5)(103.2)

(2.6%)

Underlying EBITA

1,2

399.2467.3

(14.6%)

Items outside of underlying EBITA

(41.2)(66.3)

(37.9%)

Statutory EBITA

1

358.0401.0

(10.7%)

Underlying NPATA

1,2

225.3261.2

(13.7%)

Statutory NPAT

152.0183.7

(17.3%)

Operating cash flow
▪Core Urban Services business delivering

strong cash flows across the portfolio

▪Underlying

1

EBITDA conversion of 88.9%

(statutory 83.9%) after adjusting for

$22.3m of cash outflows related to items

recognised in FY20 and funded from the

July 2020 capital raising

2

and $12.7m of

bid costs

▪Receivables factoring at 30 June 2022

was $16.3m ($63.4m at 30 June 2021)

33

1

The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review

2

Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer in July 2020, for which the Uses of funds included payroll remediation costs and legal settlements of New Zealand building works

$mFY22FY21Change

Underlying

1

EBIT

364.4401.1

(9.1%)

Add: Amortisation of acquired intangibles

34.866.2

(47.4%)

Add: Depreciation and amortisation

307.4431.8

(28.8%)

Underlying

1

EBITDA

706.6899.1

(21.4%)

Operating cash flow

495.4708.7

(30.1%)

Add: Net interest paid

81.798.6

(17.1%)

Add: Tax paid

15.919.9

(20.1%)

Adjusted operating cash flow

593.0827.2

(28.3%)

EBITDA conversion

83.9%92.0%(8.1pp)

Adjust for items booked in FY2022.379.0

(71.8%)

Bid costs12.7-

100%

Underlying

1

adjusted operating

cash flow

628.0906.2

(30.7%)

Underlying

1

EBITDA conversion88.9%100.8%(11.9pp)

Capital expenditure and D&A
▪Core net capex decreased by 12.4%

▪Maintenance capex broadly in-line with

PP&E depreciation and IT amortisation

expense

▪Core D&A (excluding amortisation of

acquired intangibles) of $284.0m

34

$mFY22FY21Change

Net Capital expenditure –core134.9154.0

(12.4%)

Net Capital expenditure –non-core8.874.3

(88.2%)

IT36.528.4

28.5%

Capital expenditure / IT180.2256.7

(29.8%)

$mFY22FY21Change

Depreciation of PP&E –core110.5106.83.5%

Depreciation of PP&E –non-core14.2117.8(87.9%)

IT amortisation22.426.6(15.8%)

Depreciation of RouA –core151.1144.24.8%

Depreciation of RouA –non-core9.236.4(74.7%)

Total depreciation & amortisation307.4431.8(28.8%)

1
Adjusted f or the marked-to-market derivatives and deferred finance charges and excludes the lease liabilities of $543.9m at 30 June 2022 ($662.8m at 30 June 2021)

2

Equity adjusted to exclude the impact on adoption of AASB 16. Gearing ratio does not include lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a pre-AASB 16 basis

3

Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis

Balance sheet

▪Net assets reduced by $123.4m or 4.2%

since June 2021 to $2.8bn

▪Reduction in net assets primarily driven

by the divestment of Mining

35

$mJun-22Jun-21

Current assets

3,028.03,403.2

Non-current assets

4,433.04,668.9

-Goodwill

2,285.02,280.8

-Acquired intangible assets

232.7267.8

-PP&E, Software and other

1,479.11,573.8

-Right-of-use assets

436.2546.5

Total liabilities

(4,627.0)(5,114.7)

-Lease liabilities

(543.9)(662.8)

-Other liabilities

(4,083.1)(4,451.9)

Net assets

2,834.02,957.4

Net debt

1

(619.9)(708.2)

Gearing: Net debt / Net debt plus equity

2

17.7%19.0%

Net debt / EBITDA

3

1.6x1.5x

Reconciliation to prior period financials
▪As disclosed at the HY22 result, Downer has finalised the structure of Transport, Utilities and Facilities which resulted in

some business units being reclassified

▪To provide comparable information and a reconciliation, the below table has been provided (consistent with HY22 result)

1

Asset Services, previously reported as part of the EC&M segment has been reclassified to Facilities. Downer Defence Systems, previously reported under Utilities has been reclassified to Facilities

36

FY21FY21 ReportedReclassifications

1

FY21 Restated

$mRevenueEBITARevenueEBITARevenueEBITA

Transport5,295.2250.2--5,295.2250.2

Utilities2,106.3115.1(224.6)(20.3)1,881.794.8

Facilities (Core)2,490.6140.0722.638.63,213.2178.6

Asset Services498.018.3(498.0)(18.3)--

Rules 4.7.3 and 4.10.3
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 1

Appendix 4G

Key to Disclosures

Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

Name of entity

Downer EDI Limited


ABN/ARBN Financial year ended:

97 003 872 848 30 June 2022

Our corporate governance statement

1

for the period above can be found at:

2




These pages of our

annual report:

Pages 132 to 143


This URL on our

website:


The Corporate Governance Statement is accurate and up to date as at 30 June 2022 and has been

approved by the board.

The annexure includes a key to where our corporate governance disclosures can be located.

3


Date: 17 August 2022

Name of authorised officer

authorising lodgement:

Robert John Regan



1

“Corporate governance statement” is defined in Listing Rule 19.12 to mean the statement referred to in Listing Rule 4.10.3 which

discloses the extent to which an entity has followed the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during

a particular reporting period.

Listing Rule 4.10.3 requires an entity that is included in the official list as an ASX Listing to include in its annual report either a

corporate governance statement that meets the requirements of that rule or the URL of the page on its website where such a

statement is located. The corporate governance statement must disclose the extent to which the entity has followed the

recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the reporting period. If the entity has not followed a

recommendation for any part of the reporting period, its corporate governance statement must separately identify that

recommendation and the period during which it was not followed and state its reasons for not following the recommendation and

what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendation during that period.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.4, if an entity chooses to include its corporate governance statement on its website rather than in its annual

report, it must lodge a copy of the corporate governance statement with ASX at the same time as it lodges its annual report with

ASX. The corporate governance statement must be current as at the effective date specified in that statement for the purposes of

Listing Rule 4.10.3.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.3, an entity must also lodge with ASX a completed Appendix 4G at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX. The Appendix 4G serves a dual purpose. It acts as a key designed to assist readers to locate the governance

disclosures made by a listed entity under Listing Rule 4.10.3 and under the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

recommendations. It also acts as a verification tool for listed entities to confirm that they have met the disclosure requirements of

Listing Rule 4.10.3.

The Appendix 4G is not a substitute for, and is not to be confused with, the entity's corporate governance statement. They serve

different purposes and an entity must produce each of them separately.

2

Tick whichever option is correct and then complete the page number(s) of the annual report, or the URL of the web page, where

your corporate governance statement can be found. You can, if you wish, delete the option which is not applicable.

3

Throughout this form, where you are given two or more options to select, you can, if you wish, delete any option which is not

applicable and just retain the option that is applicable. If you select an option that includes “OR” at the end of the selection and

you delete the other options, you can also, if you wish, delete the “OR” at the end of the selection.

See notes 4 and 5 below for further instructions on how to complete this form.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 2

ANNEXURE – KEY TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DISCLOSURES


Corporate Governance Council recommendation

Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


PRINCIPLE 1 – LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT

1.1 A listed entity should have and disclose a board charter setting

out:

(a) the respective roles and responsibilities of its board and

management; and

(b) those matters expressly reserved to the board and those

delegated to management.

☒and we have disclosed a copy of our board charter at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/DG-CS-

ST004_Board_Charter.pdf



☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.2 A listed entity should:

(a) undertake appropriate checks before appointing a director or

senior executive or putting someone forward for election as

a director; and

(b) provide security holders with all material information in its

possession relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect

or re-elect a director.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.3

A listed entity should have a written agreement with each director

and senior executive setting out the terms of their appointment.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.4 The company secretary of a listed entity should be accountable

directly to the board, through the chair, on all matters to do with

the proper functioning of the board.


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable



4

Tick the box in this column only if you have followed the relevant recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Where the recommendation has a disclosure obligation attached, you must insert

the location where that disclosure has been made, where indicated by the line with “insert location” underneath. If the disclosure in question has been made in your corporate governance statement, you

need only insert “our corporate governance statement”. If the disclosure has been made in your annual report, you should insert the page number(s) of your annual report (eg “pages 10-12 of our annual

report”). If the disclosure has been made on your website, you should insert the URL of the web page where the disclosure has been made or can be accessed (eg “www.entityname.com.au/corporate

governance/charters/”).

5

If you have followed all of the Council’s recommendations in full for the whole of the period above, you can, if you wish, delete this column from the form and re-format it.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 3

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


1.5 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a diversity policy;

(b) through its board or a committee of the board set

measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity in the

composition of its board, senior executives and workforce

generally; and

(c) disclose in relation to each reporting period:

(1) the measurable objectives set for that period to

achieve gender diversity;

(2) the entity’s progress towards achieving those

objectives; and

(3) either:

(A) the respective proportions of men and women

on the board, in senior executive positions and

across the whole workforce (including how the

entity has defined “senior executive” for these

purposes); or

(B) if the entity is a “relevant employer” under the

Workplace Gender Equality Act, the entity’s

most recent “Gender Equality Indicators”, as

defined in and published under that Act.

If the entity was in the S&P / ASX 300 Index at the

commencement of the reporting period, the measurable objective

for achieving gender diversity in the composition of its board

should be to have not less than 30% of its directors of each

gender within a specified period.

☒ and we have disclosed a copy of our diversity policy at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2019/Documents/

Policies/Diversity_and_Inclusion_Policy_and_Standard.pdf

and we have disclosed the information referred to in paragraph (c)

at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

and if we were included in the S&P / ASX 300 Index at the

commencement of the reporting period our measurable objective for

achieving gender diversity in the composition of its board of not less

than 30% of its directors of each gender within a specified period.

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.6 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the

performance of the board, its committees and individual

directors; and

(b) disclose for each reporting period whether a performance

evaluation has been undertaken in accordance with that

process during or in respect of that period.

☒and we have disclosed the evaluation process referred to in

paragraph (a) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

and whether a performance evaluation was undertaken for the

reporting period in accordance with that process at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 4

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


1.7 A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for evaluating the performance

of its senior executives at least once every reporting period;

and

(b) disclose for each reporting period whether a performance

evaluation has been undertaken in accordance with that

process during or in respect of that period.

☒and we have disclosed the evaluation process referred to in

paragraph (a) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

and whether a performance evaluation was undertaken for the

reporting period in accordance with that process at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 5

Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,

4

we have followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We

have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:

Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the

recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our

reasons for not doing so are:

5


PRINCIPLE 2 - STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO BE EFFECTIVE AND ADD VALUE

2.1 The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a nomination committee which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number

of times the committee met throughout the period

and the individual attendances of the members at

those meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a nomination committee, disclose that

fact and the processes it employs to address board

succession issues and to ensure that the board has the

appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience,

independence and diversity to enable it to discharge its

duties and responsibilities effectively.


and we have disclosed a copy of the charter of the committee at:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/DG-CS-

ST006_Nomination_and_Corporate_Governance_Committee_Chart

er.pdf

and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5) at:

our Corporate Governance Statement

page 23 of our 2022 Annual Report – Directors’ Report


☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.2

A listed entity should have and disclose a board skills matrix

setting out the mix of skills that the board currently ha

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.